Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 2845:d641f141f937 v7.3.196
updated for version 7.3.196
Problem: Can't intercept a character that is going to be inserted.
Solution: Add the InsertCharPre autocommand event. (Jakson A. Aquino)
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Thu, 19 May 2011 17:25:41 +0200 |
parents | 5381eb5b1eb9 |
children | 44ffd0a8abcd |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 | |
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
17 /* | |
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
19 */ | |
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
21 | |
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
7 | 37 |
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
39 | |
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
41 { | |
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
449 | 44 NULL, |
7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
50 NULL, | |
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
7 | 58 }; |
59 | |
1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
2631 | 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
64 #endif | |
7 | 65 |
66 /* | |
67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
68 */ | |
681 | 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
70 struct compl_S | |
7 | 71 { |
464 | 72 compl_T *cp_next; |
73 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
681 | 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
786 | 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
659 | 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
464 | 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
7 | 81 }; |
82 | |
464 | 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
7 | 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
85 | |
86 /* | |
87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
449 | 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
7 | 92 */ |
464 | 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
449 | 96 |
825 | 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
100 | |
657 | 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
102 * are used. */ | |
103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
104 | |
665 | 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
106 in compl_leader */ | |
107 | |
657 | 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
109 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
110 the longest common string. */ | |
111 | |
874 | 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
113 completions. */ | |
114 | |
115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
116 | |
449 | 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
644 | 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
449 | 120 |
1927 | 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
122 * which is not allowed. */ | |
123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
124 | |
464 | 125 static int compl_matches = 0; |
126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
716 | 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
464 | 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
132 * that is being completed */ | |
133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
134 * completion started */ | |
135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
136 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
449 | 137 |
138 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); | |
139 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
1430 | 140 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
944 | 141 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
681 | 142 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
665 | 143 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
681 | 144 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
7 | 145 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 146 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
147 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
648 | 148 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
707 | 149 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
659 | 150 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
703 | 151 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
667 | 152 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
7 | 153 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
154 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
657 | 155 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 156 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
657 | 157 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
1782 | 158 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 159 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
694 | 160 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
659 | 161 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 162 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
7 | 163 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
724 | 164 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
165 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
166 #endif | |
659 | 167 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
7 | 168 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
169 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
665 | 170 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
610 | 171 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
644 | 172 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
610 | 173 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
681 | 174 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
7 | 175 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
1872 | 176 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
7 | 177 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
178 | |
179 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
180 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
181 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
182 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
183 | |
661 | 184 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
7 | 185 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
186 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
187 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
2004 | 188 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
7 | 189 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
190 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
191 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
744 | 192 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 193 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
484 | 194 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
497 | 195 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
221 | 196 #endif |
7 | 197 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
198 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
199 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
200 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
201 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
203 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
204 #endif | |
205 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
1782 | 206 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
207 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
7 | 208 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
209 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
210 #endif | |
211 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
212 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
449 | 213 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
477 | 214 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
7 | 215 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
216 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
217 #endif | |
218 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
219 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
220 #endif | |
449 | 221 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
222 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
7 | 223 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
224 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
225 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
226 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
227 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
228 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
7 | 229 #endif |
692 | 230 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
231 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
232 #endif | |
7 | 233 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
234 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
235 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
236 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
237 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
238 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
239 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
240 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
241 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
242 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
243 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
244 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
245 #endif | |
246 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
247 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
248 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
249 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
250 #endif | |
251 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
449 | 252 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
7 | 253 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
254 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
255 #endif | |
256 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
257 | |
258 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
259 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
260 | |
261 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
262 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
263 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
264 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
603 | 265 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
7 | 266 |
267 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
268 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
269 #endif | |
270 | |
271 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
272 | |
273 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
298 | 274 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
275 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
276 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
277 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
7 | 278 #endif |
279 | |
280 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
281 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
282 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
283 | |
284 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
285 under the cursor */ | |
286 | |
287 /* | |
288 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
289 * | |
290 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
291 * 'i' normal insert command | |
292 * 'a' normal append command | |
293 * 'R' replace command | |
294 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
295 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
296 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
297 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
298 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
299 * | |
300 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
301 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
302 * | |
303 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
304 */ | |
305 int | |
306 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
307 int cmdchar; | |
308 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
309 long count; | |
310 { | |
311 int c = 0; | |
312 char_u *ptr; | |
313 int lastc; | |
1869 | 314 int mincol; |
7 | 315 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
316 int i; | |
317 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
318 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
319 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
320 #endif | |
321 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
322 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
323 int old_topfill = -1; | |
324 #endif | |
325 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
326 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
477 | 327 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
7 | 328 |
603 | 329 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
330 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
331 | |
7 | 332 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
333 * error message */ | |
334 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
335 | |
336 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
337 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
338 if (sandbox != 0) | |
339 { | |
340 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
341 return FALSE; | |
342 } | |
343 #endif | |
632 | 344 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
345 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
634 | 346 if (textlock != 0) |
632 | 347 { |
348 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
349 return FALSE; | |
350 } | |
7 | 351 |
352 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
844 | 353 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
1927 | 354 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
844 | 355 { |
356 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
357 return FALSE; | |
358 } | |
7 | 359 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
360 #endif | |
361 | |
11 | 362 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
363 /* | |
364 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
365 */ | |
366 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
367 { | |
532 | 368 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
11 | 369 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
370 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
371 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
372 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
373 else | |
374 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
375 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
532 | 376 # endif |
11 | 377 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
378 } | |
379 #endif | |
380 | |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
381 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
382 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
383 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
384 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
385 #endif |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
386 |
7 | 387 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
388 /* | |
389 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
390 * where the paste started. | |
391 */ | |
392 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
393 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
394 else | |
395 #endif | |
396 { | |
397 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
398 if (startln) | |
399 Insstart.col = 0; | |
400 } | |
1869 | 401 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 402 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
403 if (!did_ai) | |
404 ai_col = 0; | |
405 | |
406 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
407 { | |
408 ResetRedobuff(); | |
409 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
410 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
411 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
412 { | |
413 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
414 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
415 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
416 } | |
417 else | |
418 #endif | |
419 { | |
420 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
421 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
422 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
423 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
424 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
425 } | |
426 } | |
427 | |
428 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
429 { | |
430 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
431 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
432 { | |
433 beep_flush(); | |
434 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
435 State = INSERT; | |
436 } | |
437 else | |
438 #endif | |
439 State = REPLACE; | |
440 } | |
441 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
442 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
443 { | |
444 State = VREPLACE; | |
445 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
446 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
447 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
448 } | |
449 #endif | |
450 else | |
451 State = INSERT; | |
452 | |
453 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
454 | |
455 /* | |
456 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
457 * on a TAB or special character. | |
458 */ | |
459 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
460 | |
461 /* | |
462 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
463 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
464 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
465 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
466 */ | |
467 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
468 State |= LANGMAP; | |
469 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
470 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
471 #endif | |
472 | |
473 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
474 setmouse(); | |
475 #endif | |
476 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
477 clear_showcmd(); | |
478 #endif | |
479 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
480 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
481 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
482 if (revins_on) | |
483 undisplay_dollar(); | |
484 revins_chars = 0; | |
485 revins_legal = 0; | |
486 revins_scol = -1; | |
487 #endif | |
488 | |
489 /* | |
490 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
491 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
492 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
493 */ | |
494 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
495 { | |
496 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
497 /* | |
498 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
499 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
500 */ | |
501 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
502 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
503 else | |
504 #endif | |
505 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
506 restart_edit = 0; | |
507 | |
508 /* | |
509 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
510 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
511 * correct in very rare cases). | |
512 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
513 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
514 */ | |
515 validate_virtcol(); | |
516 update_curswant(); | |
230 | 517 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
7 | 518 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
519 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
520 { | |
521 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
522 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
524 else if (has_mbyte) | |
525 { | |
474 | 526 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 527 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
528 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
529 } | |
530 #endif | |
531 } | |
230 | 532 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
7 | 533 } |
534 else | |
535 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
536 | |
537 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
538 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
539 | |
540 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
541 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
542 | |
543 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
544 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
545 #endif | |
546 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
547 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
548 #endif | |
549 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
550 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
551 * restarting. */ | |
552 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
553 foldOpenCursor(); | |
554 #endif | |
555 | |
556 /* | |
557 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
558 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
559 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
560 */ | |
561 i = 0; | |
644 | 562 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
7 | 563 i = showmode(); |
564 | |
565 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
1473 | 566 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
7 | 567 |
568 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
569 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
570 #endif | |
571 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
572 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
573 #endif | |
574 | |
603 | 575 /* |
576 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
577 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
578 */ | |
7 | 579 ptr = get_inserted(); |
580 if (ptr == NULL) | |
581 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
582 else | |
583 { | |
584 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
585 vim_free(ptr); | |
586 } | |
587 | |
588 old_indent = 0; | |
589 | |
590 /* | |
591 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
592 */ | |
593 for (;;) | |
594 { | |
595 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
596 if (!revins_legal) | |
597 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
598 else | |
599 revins_legal = 0; | |
600 #endif | |
601 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
602 count = 0; | |
603 | |
604 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
605 { | |
606 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
607 count = 0; | |
608 goto doESCkey; | |
609 } | |
610 | |
611 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
612 if (!arrow_used) | |
613 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
614 | |
615 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
616 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
617 if (stuff_empty()) | |
618 { | |
619 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
620 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
621 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
622 } | |
623 | |
624 /* | |
625 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
626 */ | |
627 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
628 | |
629 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
630 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
631 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
632 * autocommand. */ | |
633 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
634 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
635 #endif | |
636 | |
637 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
638 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
639 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
640 foldOpenCursor(); | |
641 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
642 if (!char_avail()) | |
643 foldCheckClose(); | |
644 #endif | |
645 | |
646 /* | |
647 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
648 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
649 * redraw. | |
650 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
651 * something. | |
652 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
653 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
654 */ | |
655 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
656 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
657 && !did_backspace | |
658 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
659 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
660 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
661 #endif | |
662 ) | |
663 { | |
664 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
665 validate_cursor_col(); | |
666 | |
1869 | 667 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
7 | 668 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
669 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
670 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
671 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
672 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
673 #endif | |
674 )) | |
675 { | |
676 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
677 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
678 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
679 else | |
680 #endif | |
681 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
682 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
683 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
684 else | |
685 #endif | |
686 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
687 } | |
688 } | |
689 | |
690 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
691 update_topline(); | |
692 | |
693 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
694 | |
695 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
696 | |
697 /* | |
698 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
699 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
700 */ | |
661 | 701 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
7 | 702 |
703 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
704 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
705 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
706 #endif | |
707 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
708 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
709 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
710 do_check_cursorbind(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
711 #endif |
7 | 712 update_curswant(); |
713 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
714 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
715 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
716 #endif | |
717 | |
718 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
719 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
720 #endif | |
721 | |
722 /* | |
1526 | 723 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
7 | 724 */ |
725 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
1526 | 726 do |
727 { | |
728 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
729 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
7 | 730 |
978 | 731 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
732 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
733 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
734 #endif | |
735 | |
7 | 736 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
737 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
738 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
739 #endif | |
740 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
741 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
742 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
743 #endif | |
744 | |
745 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
659 | 746 /* |
747 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
897 | 748 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
749 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
659 | 750 */ |
897 | 751 if (compl_started |
752 && pum_wanted() | |
753 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
754 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
755 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
659 | 756 { |
757 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
758 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
836 | 759 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
760 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
657 | 761 continue; |
762 | |
659 | 763 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
764 if (!compl_used_match) | |
657 | 765 { |
659 | 766 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
836 | 767 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
768 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
769 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
770 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
1872 | 771 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
836 | 772 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
659 | 773 { |
774 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
775 continue; | |
776 } | |
777 | |
1430 | 778 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
779 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
780 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
659 | 781 { |
782 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
783 continue; | |
784 } | |
665 | 785 |
887 | 786 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
825 | 787 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
788 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
789 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
665 | 790 { |
791 ins_compl_delete(); | |
792 ins_compl_insert(); | |
793 } | |
657 | 794 } |
795 } | |
796 | |
7 | 797 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
798 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
665 | 799 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
1526 | 800 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
657 | 801 continue; |
7 | 802 #endif |
803 | |
477 | 804 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
805 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
806 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
7 | 807 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
808 { | |
809 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 810 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 811 ++no_mapping; |
812 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 813 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 814 --no_mapping; |
815 --allow_keys; | |
477 | 816 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
7 | 817 { |
477 | 818 /* it's something else */ |
7 | 819 vungetc(c); |
820 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
821 } | |
822 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
823 continue; | |
824 else | |
825 { | |
477 | 826 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
827 { | |
828 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
829 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
830 nomove = TRUE; | |
831 } | |
7 | 832 count = 0; |
833 goto doESCkey; | |
834 } | |
835 } | |
836 | |
837 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
838 c = do_digraph(c); | |
839 #endif | |
840 | |
841 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
842 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
843 goto docomplete; | |
844 #endif | |
845 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
846 { | |
847 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
848 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
849 continue; | |
850 } | |
851 | |
852 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
853 if (cindent_on() | |
854 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
855 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
856 # endif | |
857 ) | |
858 { | |
859 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
860 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
861 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
862 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
863 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
864 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
865 goto force_cindent; | |
866 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
867 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
868 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
869 } | |
870 #endif | |
871 | |
872 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
873 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
874 switch (c) | |
875 { | |
876 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
877 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
878 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
879 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
880 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
881 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
882 } | |
883 #endif | |
884 | |
885 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
886 /* | |
887 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
888 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
889 * characters. | |
890 */ | |
891 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
892 continue; | |
893 #endif | |
894 | |
895 /* | |
896 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
897 */ | |
898 switch (c) | |
899 { | |
449 | 900 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 901 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
902 break; | |
903 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
904 | |
449 | 905 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 906 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
907 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
908 { | |
909 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
910 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
911 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
929 | 912 nomove = TRUE; |
7 | 913 goto doESCkey; |
914 } | |
915 #endif | |
916 | |
917 #ifdef UNIX | |
918 do_intr: | |
919 #endif | |
920 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
921 * Insert mode */ | |
922 if (goto_im()) | |
923 { | |
924 if (got_int) | |
925 { | |
926 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
927 got_int = FALSE; | |
928 } | |
929 else | |
930 vim_beep(); | |
931 break; | |
932 } | |
933 doESCkey: | |
934 /* | |
935 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
936 */ | |
937 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
938 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
230 | 939 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
7 | 940 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
941 | |
477 | 942 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
11 | 943 { |
944 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
945 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
946 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
947 FALSE, curbuf); | |
993 | 948 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
11 | 949 #endif |
7 | 950 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
11 | 951 } |
7 | 952 continue; |
953 | |
449 | 954 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
955 if (!p_im) | |
956 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
957 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
958 c = Ctrl_O; | |
959 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
960 | |
961 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
502 | 962 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
523 | 963 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
449 | 964 goto docomplete; |
965 #endif | |
966 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
967 break; | |
968 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
853 | 969 |
970 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
971 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
972 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
973 { | |
974 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
975 nomove = TRUE; | |
976 } | |
977 #endif | |
449 | 978 count = 0; |
979 goto doESCkey; | |
980 | |
464 | 981 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
982 case K_KINS: | |
983 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
984 break; | |
985 | |
986 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
987 break; | |
988 | |
449 | 989 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
990 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
991 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
992 goto doESCkey; | |
993 #endif | |
994 | |
995 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
996 case K_F1: | |
997 case K_XF1: | |
998 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
999 if (p_im) | |
1000 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
1001 goto doESCkey; | |
1002 | |
1003 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
1004 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
1005 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
1389 | 1006 i = plain_vgetc(); |
449 | 1007 --no_mapping; |
1008 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
1009 break; | |
1010 #endif | |
1011 | |
1012 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
7 | 1013 case NUL: |
1014 case Ctrl_A: | |
449 | 1015 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
1016 * error. */ | |
7 | 1017 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
1018 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
1019 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
1020 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1021 break; | |
1022 | |
449 | 1023 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
7 | 1024 ins_reg(); |
1025 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1026 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1027 break; | |
1028 | |
449 | 1029 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
7 | 1030 ins_ctrl_g(); |
1031 break; | |
1032 | |
449 | 1033 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
1034 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
7 | 1035 break; |
1036 | |
1037 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
449 | 1038 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
7 | 1039 if (!p_ari) |
1040 goto normalchar; | |
1041 ins_ctrl_(); | |
1042 break; | |
1043 #endif | |
1044 | |
449 | 1045 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
7 | 1046 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1047 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
1048 goto docomplete; | |
1049 #endif | |
1050 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1051 | |
449 | 1052 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
7 | 1053 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1054 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
1055 { | |
449 | 1056 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
1057 goto docomplete; | |
1058 break; | |
7 | 1059 } |
1060 # endif | |
1061 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
1062 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1063 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1064 break; | |
1065 | |
449 | 1066 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
7 | 1067 case K_KDEL: |
1068 ins_del(); | |
1069 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1070 break; | |
1071 | |
449 | 1072 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
7 | 1073 case Ctrl_H: |
1074 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
1075 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1076 break; | |
1077 | |
449 | 1078 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
7 | 1079 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
1080 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1081 break; | |
1082 | |
449 | 1083 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
12 | 1084 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
1085 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
449 | 1086 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
12 | 1087 goto docomplete; |
1088 # endif | |
7 | 1089 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
1090 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1091 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1092 break; | |
1093 | |
1094 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
449 | 1095 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
7 | 1096 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
1097 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
1098 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
1099 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
1100 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
1101 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
1102 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
1103 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
1104 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
1105 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
1106 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
1107 case K_X1DRAG: | |
1108 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
1109 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
1110 case K_X2DRAG: | |
1111 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
1112 ins_mouse(c); | |
1113 break; | |
1114 | |
449 | 1115 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1116 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
7 | 1117 break; |
1118 | |
449 | 1119 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1120 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1121 break; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1122 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1123 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1124 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1125 break; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1126 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1127 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1128 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
7 | 1129 break; |
1130 #endif | |
692 | 1131 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
1132 case K_TABLINE: | |
1133 case K_TABMENU: | |
1134 ins_tabline(c); | |
1135 break; | |
1136 #endif | |
7 | 1137 |
449 | 1138 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
7 | 1139 break; |
1140 | |
661 | 1141 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1142 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
1143 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1144 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
1145 break; | |
1146 #endif | |
1147 | |
625 | 1148 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
1149 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
1150 * cancelled. */ | |
1151 case K_F4: | |
1152 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
1153 goto normalchar; | |
1154 break; | |
1155 #endif | |
1156 | |
7 | 1157 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1158 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
1159 ins_scroll(); | |
1160 break; | |
1161 | |
1162 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
1163 ins_horscroll(); | |
1164 break; | |
1165 #endif | |
1166 | |
449 | 1167 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
7 | 1168 case K_KHOME: |
1169 case K_S_HOME: | |
1170 case K_C_HOME: | |
1171 ins_home(c); | |
1172 break; | |
1173 | |
449 | 1174 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
7 | 1175 case K_KEND: |
1176 case K_S_END: | |
1177 case K_C_END: | |
1178 ins_end(c); | |
1179 break; | |
1180 | |
449 | 1181 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
180 | 1182 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1183 ins_s_left(); | |
1184 else | |
1185 ins_left(); | |
7 | 1186 break; |
1187 | |
449 | 1188 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
7 | 1189 case K_C_LEFT: |
1190 ins_s_left(); | |
1191 break; | |
1192 | |
449 | 1193 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
180 | 1194 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1195 ins_s_right(); | |
1196 else | |
1197 ins_right(); | |
7 | 1198 break; |
1199 | |
449 | 1200 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
7 | 1201 case K_C_RIGHT: |
1202 ins_s_right(); | |
1203 break; | |
1204 | |
449 | 1205 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
665 | 1206 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1207 if (pum_visible()) | |
1208 goto docomplete; | |
1209 #endif | |
180 | 1210 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1211 ins_pageup(); | |
1212 else | |
1213 ins_up(FALSE); | |
7 | 1214 break; |
1215 | |
449 | 1216 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
7 | 1217 case K_PAGEUP: |
1218 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
613 | 1219 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1220 if (pum_visible()) |
1221 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1222 #endif |
7 | 1223 ins_pageup(); |
1224 break; | |
1225 | |
449 | 1226 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
665 | 1227 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1228 if (pum_visible()) | |
1229 goto docomplete; | |
1230 #endif | |
180 | 1231 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1232 ins_pagedown(); | |
1233 else | |
1234 ins_down(FALSE); | |
7 | 1235 break; |
1236 | |
449 | 1237 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
7 | 1238 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
1239 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
613 | 1240 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1241 if (pum_visible()) |
1242 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1243 #endif |
7 | 1244 ins_pagedown(); |
1245 break; | |
1246 | |
1247 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
449 | 1248 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
7 | 1249 ins_drop(); |
1250 break; | |
1251 #endif | |
1252 | |
449 | 1253 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
7 | 1254 c = TAB; |
1255 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1256 | |
449 | 1257 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
7 | 1258 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1259 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
1260 goto docomplete; | |
1261 #endif | |
1262 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1263 if (ins_tab()) | |
1264 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
1265 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1266 break; | |
1267 | |
449 | 1268 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
7 | 1269 c = CAR; |
1270 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1271 case CAR: | |
1272 case NL: | |
1273 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
1274 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
1275 * cursor. */ | |
1276 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
1277 { | |
644 | 1278 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
1279 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
1280 else /* location list window */ | |
1281 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
7 | 1282 break; |
1283 } | |
1284 #endif | |
1285 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
1286 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
1287 { | |
1288 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
1289 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
1290 goto doESCkey; | |
1291 } | |
1292 #endif | |
1293 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
1294 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
1295 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
1296 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1297 break; | |
1298 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1299 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
449 | 1300 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
7 | 1301 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1302 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
1303 { | |
449 | 1304 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
1305 goto docomplete; | |
1306 break; | |
7 | 1307 } |
1308 # endif | |
1309 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
1310 c = ins_digraph(); | |
1311 if (c == NUL) | |
1312 break; | |
1313 # endif | |
1314 goto normalchar; | |
449 | 1315 #endif |
7 | 1316 |
1317 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
464 | 1318 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
1319 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
1320 break; | |
1321 | |
449 | 1322 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1323 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
1324 goto normalchar; | |
1325 goto docomplete; | |
1326 | |
449 | 1327 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1328 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
1329 goto normalchar; | |
1330 goto docomplete; | |
477 | 1331 |
1332 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
1333 case Ctrl_S: | |
1334 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
1335 goto normalchar; | |
1336 goto docomplete; | |
7 | 1337 #endif |
1338 | |
449 | 1339 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1340 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1341 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
1342 #endif | |
1343 { | |
1344 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
1345 if (p_im) | |
1346 { | |
1347 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
1348 break; | |
1349 goto doESCkey; | |
1350 } | |
1351 goto normalchar; | |
1352 } | |
1353 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1354 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1355 | |
449 | 1356 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
7 | 1357 case Ctrl_N: |
1358 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
1359 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
1360 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
1361 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
449 | 1362 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
7 | 1363 goto normalchar; |
1364 | |
1365 docomplete: | |
1927 | 1366 compl_busy = TRUE; |
7 | 1367 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
449 | 1368 compl_cont_status = 0; |
1927 | 1369 compl_busy = FALSE; |
7 | 1370 break; |
1371 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
1372 | |
449 | 1373 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
1374 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
1375 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
7 | 1376 break; |
1377 | |
1378 default: | |
1379 #ifdef UNIX | |
1380 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
1381 goto do_intr; | |
1382 #endif | |
1383 | |
2845 | 1384 normalchar: |
7 | 1385 /* |
1386 * Insert a nomal character. | |
1387 */ | |
2845 | 1388 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1389 if (!p_paste) | |
1390 { | |
1391 /* Trigger the InsertCharPre event. Lock the text to avoid | |
1392 * weird things from happening. */ | |
1393 set_vim_var_char(c); | |
1394 ++textlock; | |
1395 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, | |
1396 FALSE, curbuf)) | |
1397 { | |
1398 /* Get the new value of v:char. If it is more than one | |
1399 * character insert it literally. */ | |
1400 char_u *s = get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR); | |
1401 if (MB_CHARLEN(s) > 1) | |
1402 { | |
1403 if (stop_arrow() != FAIL) | |
1404 { | |
1405 ins_str(s); | |
1406 AppendToRedobuffLit(s, -1); | |
1407 } | |
1408 c = NUL; | |
1409 } | |
1410 else | |
1411 c = PTR2CHAR(s); | |
1412 } | |
1413 | |
1414 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); | |
1415 --textlock; | |
1416 | |
1417 /* If the new value is an empty string then don't insert a | |
1418 * char. */ | |
1419 if (c == NUL) | |
1420 break; | |
1421 } | |
1422 #endif | |
7 | 1423 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
1424 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
1425 ins_try_si(c); | |
1426 #endif | |
1427 | |
1428 if (c == ' ') | |
1429 { | |
1430 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
1431 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1432 if (inindent(0)) | |
1433 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
1434 #endif | |
1435 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
1436 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
1437 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
1438 } | |
1439 | |
1440 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( | |
1441 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1442 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
1443 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
1444 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
1445 #endif | |
1446 c)) | |
1447 { | |
1448 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
1449 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1450 revins_legal++; | |
1451 revins_chars++; | |
1452 #endif | |
1453 } | |
1454 | |
1455 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1456 | |
1457 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1458 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
1459 * closed fold. */ | |
1460 foldOpenCursor(); | |
1461 #endif | |
1462 break; | |
1463 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
1464 | |
978 | 1465 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1466 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
1467 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
1468 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
1469 #endif | |
1470 | |
7 | 1471 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
1472 if (arrow_used) | |
1473 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1474 | |
1475 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1476 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
1477 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1478 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
1479 # endif | |
1480 ) | |
1481 { | |
1482 force_cindent: | |
1483 /* | |
1484 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
1485 */ | |
1486 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
1487 { | |
1488 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
1489 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
1490 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
1491 } | |
1492 } | |
1493 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
1494 | |
1495 } /* for (;;) */ | |
1496 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
1497 } | |
1498 | |
1499 /* | |
1500 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
1501 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
1502 * option work correctly. | |
1503 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
1504 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
1505 */ | |
1506 static void | |
661 | 1507 ins_redraw(ready) |
1876 | 1508 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
7 | 1509 { |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1510 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1511 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1512 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1513 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1514 #endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1515 |
7 | 1516 if (!char_avail()) |
1517 { | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1518 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
794 | 1519 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
1520 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1521 if (ready && ( |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1522 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1523 has_cursormovedI() |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1524 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1525 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1526 || |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1527 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1528 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1529 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1530 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1531 ) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1532 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
794 | 1533 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1534 && !pum_visible() |
794 | 1535 # endif |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1536 ) |
661 | 1537 { |
1506 | 1538 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1539 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
1540 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
1541 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
1542 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1543 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
1506 | 1544 update_screen(0); |
1545 # endif | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1546 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1547 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1548 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1549 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1550 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1551 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1552 { |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1553 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1554 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1555 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1556 } |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1557 # endif |
661 | 1558 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
1559 } | |
1560 #endif | |
7 | 1561 if (must_redraw) |
1562 update_screen(0); | |
1563 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
1564 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1565 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1566 if ((conceal_update_lines |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1567 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1568 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1569 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1570 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1571 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1572 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1573 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1574 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1575 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1576 } |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1577 # endif |
7 | 1578 showruler(FALSE); |
1579 setcursor(); | |
1580 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
1581 } | |
1582 } | |
1583 | |
1584 /* | |
1585 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
1586 */ | |
1587 static void | |
1588 ins_ctrl_v() | |
1589 { | |
1590 int c; | |
2811 | 1591 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
7 | 1592 |
1593 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 1594 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 1595 |
1596 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
2811 | 1597 { |
7 | 1598 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
2811 | 1599 did_putchar = TRUE; |
1600 } | |
7 | 1601 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
1602 | |
1603 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
1604 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
1605 #endif | |
1606 | |
1607 c = get_literal(); | |
2811 | 1608 if (did_putchar) |
1609 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
1610 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
1611 edit_unputchar(); | |
7 | 1612 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
1613 clear_showcmd(); | |
1614 #endif | |
1615 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
1616 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1617 revins_chars++; | |
1618 revins_legal++; | |
1619 #endif | |
1620 } | |
1621 | |
1622 /* | |
1623 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
1624 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
1625 */ | |
1626 static int pc_status; | |
1627 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
1628 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
1629 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
1630 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
1631 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1632 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1633 #else | |
1634 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1635 #endif | |
1636 static int pc_attr; | |
1637 static int pc_row; | |
1638 static int pc_col; | |
1639 | |
1640 void | |
1641 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
1642 int c; | |
1643 int highlight; | |
1644 { | |
1645 int attr; | |
1646 | |
1647 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
1648 { | |
1649 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
1650 validate_cursor(); | |
1651 if (highlight) | |
1652 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
1653 else | |
1654 attr = 0; | |
1655 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
1656 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
1657 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1658 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
1659 #endif | |
1660 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1661 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
1662 { | |
1663 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
1664 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1665 if (has_mbyte) | |
1666 { | |
1667 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
1668 | |
1669 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
1670 { | |
1671 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
1672 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
1673 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
1674 } | |
1675 } | |
1676 # endif | |
1677 } | |
1678 else | |
1679 #endif | |
1680 { | |
1681 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
1682 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1683 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
1684 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
1685 #endif | |
1686 } | |
1687 | |
1688 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
1689 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1690 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
1691 #endif | |
1692 { | |
1693 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
1694 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
1695 } | |
1696 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
1697 } | |
1698 } | |
1699 | |
1700 /* | |
1701 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
1702 */ | |
1703 void | |
1704 edit_unputchar() | |
1705 { | |
1706 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
1707 { | |
1708 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1709 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
1710 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
1711 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
1712 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1713 else | |
1714 #endif | |
1715 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
1716 } | |
1717 } | |
1718 | |
1719 /* | |
1720 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
1721 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
1722 */ | |
1723 void | |
1724 display_dollar(col) | |
1725 colnr_T col; | |
1726 { | |
1727 colnr_T save_col; | |
1728 | |
1729 if (!redrawing()) | |
1730 return; | |
1731 | |
1732 cursor_off(); | |
1733 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1734 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
1735 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1736 if (has_mbyte) | |
1737 { | |
1738 char_u *p; | |
1739 | |
1740 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
1741 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
1742 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
1743 } | |
1744 #endif | |
1745 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
1746 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
1747 { | |
1748 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
1749 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
1750 } | |
1751 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
1752 } | |
1753 | |
1754 /* | |
1755 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
1756 * in insert mode. | |
1757 */ | |
1758 static void | |
1759 undisplay_dollar() | |
1760 { | |
1761 if (dollar_vcol) | |
1762 { | |
1763 dollar_vcol = 0; | |
1764 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1765 } | |
1766 } | |
1767 | |
1768 /* | |
1769 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
1770 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
1771 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
1772 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
1773 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
1774 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
1775 */ | |
1776 void | |
1516 | 1777 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 1778 int type; |
1779 int amount; | |
1780 int round; | |
1781 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
1516 | 1782 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 1783 { |
1784 int vcol; | |
1785 int last_vcol; | |
1786 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
1787 int new_cursor_col; | |
1788 int i; | |
1789 char_u *ptr; | |
1790 int save_p_list; | |
1791 int start_col; | |
1792 colnr_T vc; | |
1793 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1794 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1795 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
1796 | |
1797 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
1798 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1799 { | |
1800 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
1801 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1802 } | |
1803 #endif | |
1804 | |
1805 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
1806 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
1807 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
1808 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
1809 vcol = vc; | |
1810 | |
1811 /* | |
1812 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
1813 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
1814 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
1815 */ | |
1816 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1817 | |
1818 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
1819 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1820 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
1821 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1822 | |
1823 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1824 | |
1825 /* | |
1826 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
1827 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
1828 */ | |
1829 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
1830 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1831 | |
1832 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
1833 start_col = -1; | |
1834 | |
1835 /* | |
1836 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
1837 */ | |
1838 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
1516 | 1839 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 1840 else |
1841 { | |
1842 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1843 int save_State = State; | |
1844 | |
1845 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
1846 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1847 State = INSERT; | |
1848 #endif | |
1516 | 1849 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 1850 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
1851 State = save_State; | |
1852 #endif | |
1853 } | |
1854 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1855 | |
1856 /* | |
1857 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
1858 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
1859 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
1860 * non-blank character. | |
1861 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
1862 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
1863 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
1864 */ | |
1865 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
1866 { | |
1867 /* | |
1868 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
1869 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1870 */ | |
1871 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
1872 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1873 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1874 } | |
1875 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
1876 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1877 else | |
1878 { | |
1879 /* | |
1880 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
1881 */ | |
1882 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1869 | 1883 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
7 | 1884 |
1885 /* | |
1886 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
1887 */ | |
1888 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
1889 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
1890 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
1891 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1892 { | |
1893 last_vcol = vcol; | |
1894 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1895 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
474 | 1896 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
7 | 1897 else |
1898 #endif | |
1899 ++new_cursor_col; | |
1900 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
1901 } | |
1902 vcol = last_vcol; | |
1903 | |
1904 /* | |
1905 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
1906 * the right screen column. | |
1907 */ | |
1908 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1909 { | |
1869 | 1910 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1911 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
1869 | 1912 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
7 | 1913 if (ptr != NULL) |
1914 { | |
1915 new_cursor_col += i; | |
1916 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
1917 while (--i >= 0) | |
1918 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
1919 ins_str(ptr); | |
1920 vim_free(ptr); | |
1921 } | |
1922 } | |
1923 | |
1924 /* | |
1925 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
1926 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1927 */ | |
1928 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1929 } | |
1930 | |
1931 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
1932 | |
1933 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
1934 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1935 else | |
1869 | 1936 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1937 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
1938 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
1939 | |
1940 /* | |
1941 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
1942 */ | |
1943 if (State & INSERT) | |
1944 { | |
1945 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
1946 { | |
1947 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
1948 Insstart.col = 0; | |
1949 else | |
1950 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
1951 } | |
1952 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
1953 ai_col = 0; | |
1954 else | |
1955 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
1956 } | |
1957 | |
1958 /* | |
1959 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
1960 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
1961 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
1962 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
1963 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
1964 */ | |
1965 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
1966 { | |
1967 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
1968 { | |
1969 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
1970 --start_col; | |
1971 } | |
1972 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
1973 { | |
1974 replace_push(NUL); | |
1975 if (replaced) | |
1976 { | |
1977 replace_push(replaced); | |
1978 replaced = NUL; | |
1979 } | |
1980 ++start_col; | |
1981 } | |
1982 } | |
1983 | |
1984 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1985 /* | |
1986 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
1987 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
1988 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
1989 */ | |
1990 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1991 { | |
1992 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
1993 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
1994 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
1995 return; | |
1996 | |
1997 /* Save new line */ | |
1998 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
1999 if (new_line == NULL) | |
2000 return; | |
2001 | |
2002 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
2003 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
2004 | |
2005 /* Put back original line */ | |
2006 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
2007 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
2008 | |
2009 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
2010 backspace_until_column(0); | |
2011 | |
2012 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
2013 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
2014 | |
2015 vim_free(new_line); | |
2016 } | |
2017 #endif | |
2018 } | |
2019 | |
2020 /* | |
2021 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
2022 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
2023 * modes. | |
2024 */ | |
2025 void | |
2026 truncate_spaces(line) | |
2027 char_u *line; | |
2028 { | |
2029 int i; | |
2030 | |
2031 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
2032 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
2033 { | |
2034 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
2035 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
2036 } | |
2037 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
2038 } | |
2039 | |
2040 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
2041 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
2042 /* | |
2043 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
2044 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
1782 | 2045 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
2046 * character. | |
7 | 2047 */ |
2048 void | |
2049 backspace_until_column(col) | |
2050 int col; | |
2051 { | |
2052 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
2053 { | |
2054 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
2055 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 2056 replace_do_bs(col); |
2057 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
2058 break; | |
2059 } | |
2060 } | |
2061 #endif | |
2062 | |
2063 /* | |
2064 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
2065 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
2066 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
2067 */ | |
2068 static int | |
2069 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
1876 | 2070 int limit_col UNUSED; |
1782 | 2071 { |
2072 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2073 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
2074 { | |
1869 | 2075 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
1782 | 2076 |
2077 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
2078 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
2079 * composing character. */ | |
2080 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
1796 | 2081 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
1782 | 2082 { |
2083 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
2084 | |
2085 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
2086 break; | |
2087 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
2088 } | |
2089 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
2090 return FALSE; | |
1869 | 2091 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
1782 | 2092 } |
2093 else | |
2094 #endif | |
2095 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
2096 return TRUE; | |
2097 } | |
7 | 2098 |
2099 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
2100 /* | |
449 | 2101 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
2102 */ | |
2103 static void | |
2104 ins_ctrl_x() | |
2105 { | |
2106 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
2107 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
2108 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
2109 { | |
2110 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
2111 * compl_cont_status */ | |
2112 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
665 | 2113 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
449 | 2114 else |
2115 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
2116 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
2117 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
2118 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
2119 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
2120 showmode(); | |
2121 } | |
2122 } | |
2123 | |
2124 /* | |
2125 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
2126 */ | |
2127 static int | |
2128 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
2129 int dict_opt; | |
2130 { | |
703 | 2131 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
744 | 2132 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
2133 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
2134 # endif | |
2135 ) | |
449 | 2136 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
2137 { | |
2138 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
2139 edit_submode = NULL; | |
2140 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
2141 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
2142 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
2143 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
2144 { | |
2145 vim_beep(); | |
2146 setcursor(); | |
2147 out_flush(); | |
2148 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
2149 } | |
2150 return FALSE; | |
2151 } | |
2152 return TRUE; | |
2153 } | |
2154 | |
2155 /* | |
7 | 2156 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
2157 * This depends on the current mode. | |
2158 */ | |
2159 int | |
2160 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
2161 int c; | |
2162 { | |
2163 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
2164 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
2165 return TRUE; | |
2166 | |
610 | 2167 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
644 | 2168 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
610 | 2169 return TRUE; |
2170 | |
7 | 2171 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
2172 { | |
2173 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
2174 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
2175 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
449 | 2176 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
7 | 2177 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
2178 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
2179 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
477 | 2180 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
2181 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); | |
7 | 2182 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
2183 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
2184 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2185 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2186 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2187 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2188 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
2189 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2190 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
2191 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2192 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
2193 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2194 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
2195 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
2196 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2197 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
2198 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2199 #endif | |
2200 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2201 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
2202 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
12 | 2203 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
2204 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
449 | 2205 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
523 | 2206 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
449 | 2207 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
502 | 2208 #endif |
477 | 2209 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
2210 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
7 | 2211 } |
2212 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
2213 return FALSE; | |
2214 } | |
2215 | |
2216 /* | |
1430 | 2217 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
2218 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
2219 * is visible. | |
2220 */ | |
2221 static int | |
2222 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
2223 int c; | |
2224 { | |
2225 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
2226 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
2227 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
2228 | |
2229 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
2230 { | |
2231 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2232 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
2233 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
2234 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
2235 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
2236 | |
2237 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2238 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
2239 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
2240 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
2241 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
2242 | |
2243 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2244 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
2245 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
2246 } | |
2247 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
2248 } | |
2249 | |
2250 /* | |
659 | 2251 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
7 | 2252 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
1219 | 2253 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
7 | 2254 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
2255 */ | |
2256 int | |
681 | 2257 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
7 | 2258 char_u *str; |
2259 int len; | |
681 | 2260 int icase; |
7 | 2261 char_u *fname; |
2262 int dir; | |
464 | 2263 int flags; |
7 | 2264 { |
1353 | 2265 char_u *p; |
2266 int i, c; | |
2267 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
2268 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
2177 | 2269 int min_len; |
2004 | 2270 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
7 | 2271 int has_lower = FALSE; |
2272 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
1353 | 2273 |
1436 | 2274 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
1353 | 2275 { |
2276 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
2277 | |
2278 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
2279 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2280 if (has_mbyte) | |
2281 { | |
2282 p = str; | |
2283 actual_len = 0; | |
2284 while (*p != NUL) | |
2285 { | |
2286 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2287 ++actual_len; | |
2288 } | |
2289 } | |
2290 else | |
2291 #endif | |
2292 actual_len = len; | |
2293 | |
2294 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
2295 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2296 if (has_mbyte) | |
2297 { | |
2298 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2299 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
2300 while (*p != NUL) | |
7 | 2301 { |
1353 | 2302 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
2303 ++actual_compl_length; | |
2304 } | |
2305 } | |
2306 else | |
2307 #endif | |
2308 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
2309 | |
2177 | 2310 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
2311 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
2312 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
2313 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
2314 | |
1353 | 2315 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
1869 | 2316 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
1353 | 2317 if (wca != NULL) |
2318 { | |
2319 p = str; | |
2320 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2321 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2322 if (has_mbyte) | |
2323 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2324 else | |
2325 #endif | |
2326 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
2327 | |
2328 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
2329 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2330 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
1353 | 2331 { |
2332 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2333 if (has_mbyte) | |
2334 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2335 else | |
2336 #endif | |
2337 c = *(p++); | |
2338 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
7 | 2339 { |
1353 | 2340 has_lower = TRUE; |
2341 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
2342 { | |
2343 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
2344 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2345 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2346 break; | |
2347 } | |
7 | 2348 } |
2349 } | |
1353 | 2350 |
2351 /* | |
2352 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
2353 * upper case. | |
2354 */ | |
2355 if (!has_lower) | |
2356 { | |
2357 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2358 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
1353 | 2359 { |
2360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2361 if (has_mbyte) | |
2362 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2363 else | |
2364 #endif | |
2365 c = *(p++); | |
2366 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
2367 { | |
2368 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
2369 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2370 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
2371 break; | |
2372 } | |
2373 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
2374 } | |
2375 } | |
2376 | |
2377 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
2378 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2379 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
7 | 2380 { |
1353 | 2381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2382 if (has_mbyte) | |
2383 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2384 else | |
2385 #endif | |
2386 c = *(p++); | |
2387 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2388 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2389 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2390 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
7 | 2391 } |
1353 | 2392 |
1436 | 2393 /* |
1353 | 2394 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
2395 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
2396 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
2397 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
2398 */ | |
2399 p = IObuff; | |
2400 i = 0; | |
2401 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
2402 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2403 if (has_mbyte) | |
1446 | 2404 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
1353 | 2405 else |
2406 #endif | |
2407 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
2408 *p = NUL; | |
2409 | |
2410 vim_free(wca); | |
2411 } | |
7 | 2412 |
841 | 2413 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
2414 flags, FALSE); | |
2415 } | |
2416 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
7 | 2417 } |
2418 | |
2419 /* | |
2420 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
2421 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
464 | 2422 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
681 | 2423 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
7 | 2424 */ |
841 | 2425 static int |
944 | 2426 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
7 | 2427 char_u *str; |
2428 int len; | |
681 | 2429 int icase; |
7 | 2430 char_u *fname; |
841 | 2431 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
659 | 2432 int cdir; |
464 | 2433 int flags; |
944 | 2434 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
7 | 2435 { |
464 | 2436 compl_T *match; |
659 | 2437 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
7 | 2438 |
2439 ui_breakcheck(); | |
2440 if (got_int) | |
464 | 2441 return FAIL; |
7 | 2442 if (len < 0) |
2443 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
2444 | |
2445 /* | |
2446 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
2447 */ | |
944 | 2448 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
449 | 2449 { |
2450 match = compl_first_match; | |
7 | 2451 do |
2452 { | |
464 | 2453 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
989 | 2454 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
464 | 2455 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
2456 return NOTDONE; | |
2457 match = match->cp_next; | |
449 | 2458 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
7 | 2459 } |
2460 | |
540 | 2461 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
2462 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2463 | |
7 | 2464 /* |
2465 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
2466 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
2467 */ | |
659 | 2468 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
7 | 2469 if (match == NULL) |
464 | 2470 return FAIL; |
2471 match->cp_number = -1; | |
2472 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2473 match->cp_number = 0; | |
694 | 2474 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
7 | 2475 { |
2476 vim_free(match); | |
464 | 2477 return FAIL; |
7 | 2478 } |
681 | 2479 match->cp_icase = icase; |
659 | 2480 |
7 | 2481 /* match-fname is: |
464 | 2482 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
7 | 2483 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
2484 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
659 | 2485 if (fname != NULL |
829 | 2486 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
659 | 2487 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
2488 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
464 | 2489 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
659 | 2490 else if (fname != NULL) |
2491 { | |
2492 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
464 | 2493 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
659 | 2494 } |
7 | 2495 else |
464 | 2496 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
2497 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
786 | 2498 |
2499 if (cptext != NULL) | |
2500 { | |
2501 int i; | |
2502 | |
2503 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
2504 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
2505 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
2506 } | |
7 | 2507 |
2508 /* | |
2509 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
2510 */ | |
449 | 2511 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
464 | 2512 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
7 | 2513 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
2514 { | |
464 | 2515 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
2516 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
7 | 2517 } |
2518 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
2519 { | |
464 | 2520 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
2521 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
2522 } | |
2523 if (match->cp_next) | |
2524 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
2525 if (match->cp_prev) | |
2526 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
7 | 2527 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
449 | 2528 compl_first_match = match; |
2529 compl_curr_match = match; | |
7 | 2530 |
665 | 2531 /* |
2532 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
2533 */ | |
2534 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
2535 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
2536 | |
7 | 2537 return OK; |
2538 } | |
2539 | |
2540 /* | |
681 | 2541 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
2542 * match->cp_icase. | |
2543 */ | |
2544 static int | |
2545 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
2546 compl_T *match; | |
2547 char_u *str; | |
2548 int len; | |
2549 { | |
2550 if (match->cp_icase) | |
2551 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2552 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2553 } | |
2554 | |
2555 /* | |
665 | 2556 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
2557 */ | |
2558 static void | |
2559 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
2560 compl_T *match; | |
2561 { | |
2562 char_u *p, *s; | |
681 | 2563 int c1, c2; |
665 | 2564 int had_match; |
2565 | |
2566 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
842 | 2567 { |
665 | 2568 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
2569 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
842 | 2570 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
2571 { | |
2572 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2573 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2574 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
842 | 2575 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2576 | |
2577 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2578 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2579 if (!had_match) | |
2580 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2581 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2582 } | |
2583 } | |
665 | 2584 else |
2585 { | |
2586 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
681 | 2587 p = compl_leader; |
2588 s = match->cp_str; | |
2589 while (*p != NUL) | |
665 | 2590 { |
2591 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2592 if (has_mbyte) | |
2593 { | |
681 | 2594 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
2595 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
665 | 2596 } |
2597 else | |
2598 #endif | |
2599 { | |
681 | 2600 c1 = *p; |
2601 c2 = *s; | |
2602 } | |
2603 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
2604 : (c1 != c2)) | |
2605 break; | |
2606 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2607 if (has_mbyte) | |
2608 { | |
2609 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2610 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
2611 } | |
2612 else | |
2613 #endif | |
2614 { | |
2615 ++p; | |
2616 ++s; | |
665 | 2617 } |
2618 } | |
2619 | |
2620 if (*p != NUL) | |
2621 { | |
2622 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
2623 *p = NUL; | |
2624 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2625 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2626 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 2627 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2628 | |
2629 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2630 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2631 if (!had_match) | |
2632 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2633 } | |
2634 | |
2635 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2636 } | |
2637 } | |
2638 | |
2639 /* | |
7 | 2640 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
2641 * Frees matches[]. | |
2642 */ | |
2643 static void | |
681 | 2644 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
7 | 2645 int num_matches; |
2646 char_u **matches; | |
681 | 2647 int icase; |
7 | 2648 { |
2649 int i; | |
2650 int add_r = OK; | |
659 | 2651 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2652 |
464 | 2653 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
681 | 2654 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
841 | 2655 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
7 | 2656 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
659 | 2657 dir = FORWARD; |
7 | 2658 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
2659 } | |
2660 | |
2661 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
2662 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
2663 */ | |
2664 static int | |
2665 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
2666 { | |
464 | 2667 compl_T *match; |
7 | 2668 int count = 0; |
2669 | |
449 | 2670 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
7 | 2671 { |
2672 /* | |
2673 * Find the end of the list. | |
2674 */ | |
449 | 2675 match = compl_first_match; |
2676 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
464 | 2677 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
2678 { | |
2679 match = match->cp_next; | |
7 | 2680 ++count; |
2681 } | |
464 | 2682 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
2683 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
7 | 2684 } |
2685 return count; | |
2686 } | |
2687 | |
724 | 2688 /* |
2689 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
2690 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
2691 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
2692 */ | |
2693 void | |
2694 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
1869 | 2695 colnr_T startcol; |
724 | 2696 list_T *list; |
2697 { | |
2698 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
2699 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
2700 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
2701 ins_compl_clear(); | |
2702 | |
2703 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
2704 return; | |
2705 | |
2632 | 2706 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
1869 | 2707 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
724 | 2708 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2709 compl_col = startcol; | |
1869 | 2710 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
724 | 2711 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
2712 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
2713 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 2714 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
724 | 2715 return; |
2716 | |
2717 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
2718 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
2719 | |
2720 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
2721 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
2722 compl_started = TRUE; | |
2723 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
929 | 2724 compl_cont_status = 0; |
724 | 2725 |
2726 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
2727 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
2728 out_flush(); | |
2729 } | |
2730 | |
2731 | |
574 | 2732 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
2733 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
659 | 2734 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
540 | 2735 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
2736 | |
2737 /* | |
2738 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
2739 */ | |
2740 static void | |
2741 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
2742 { | |
2743 int h; | |
2744 | |
2745 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2746 { | |
2747 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
2748 update_screen(0); | |
2749 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
2750 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2751 } | |
2752 } | |
2753 | |
2754 /* | |
2755 * Remove any popup menu. | |
2756 */ | |
2757 static void | |
2758 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
2759 { | |
2760 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2761 { | |
2762 pum_undisplay(); | |
2763 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
2764 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
2765 } | |
2766 } | |
2767 | |
2768 /* | |
2769 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
2770 */ | |
2771 static int | |
2772 pum_wanted() | |
2773 { | |
707 | 2774 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
665 | 2775 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
540 | 2776 return FALSE; |
2777 | |
2778 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
2779 if (t_colors < 8 | |
2780 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
2781 && !gui.in_use | |
2782 #endif | |
2783 ) | |
2784 return FALSE; | |
657 | 2785 return TRUE; |
2786 } | |
2787 | |
2788 /* | |
2789 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
707 | 2790 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
657 | 2791 */ |
2792 static int | |
707 | 2793 pum_enough_matches() |
657 | 2794 { |
2795 compl_T *compl; | |
2796 int i; | |
540 | 2797 |
2798 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
2799 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
2800 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2801 i = 0; | |
2802 do | |
2803 { | |
2804 if (compl == NULL | |
2805 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
2806 break; | |
2807 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2808 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
2809 | |
707 | 2810 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
2811 return (i >= 1); | |
540 | 2812 return (i >= 2); |
2813 } | |
2814 | |
2815 /* | |
2816 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
659 | 2817 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
540 | 2818 */ |
648 | 2819 void |
540 | 2820 ins_compl_show_pum() |
2821 { | |
2822 compl_T *compl; | |
659 | 2823 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
2824 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
2825 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
540 | 2826 int i; |
2827 int cur = -1; | |
2828 colnr_T col; | |
657 | 2829 int lead_len = 0; |
2830 | |
707 | 2831 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
540 | 2832 return; |
2833 | |
794 | 2834 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
2835 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
2836 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
2837 #endif | |
2838 | |
540 | 2839 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
2840 update_screen(0); | |
2841 | |
2842 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
2843 { | |
2844 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
2845 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
2846 compl = compl_first_match; | |
657 | 2847 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
835 | 2848 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
540 | 2849 do |
2850 { | |
657 | 2851 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2852 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2853 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2854 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
2855 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2856 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
657 | 2857 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
2858 return; | |
659 | 2859 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
2860 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
540 | 2861 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
2862 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2863 { | |
829 | 2864 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
2865 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
2866 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2867 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2868 | |
540 | 2869 i = 0; |
2870 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2871 do | |
2872 { | |
657 | 2873 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2874 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2875 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2876 { |
659 | 2877 if (!shown_match_ok) |
2878 { | |
2879 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
2880 { | |
2881 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
2882 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
2883 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
2884 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
2885 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2886 } | |
2887 else | |
2888 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
2889 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
2890 shown_compl = compl; | |
540 | 2891 cur = i; |
659 | 2892 } |
786 | 2893 |
2894 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
2895 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
2896 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
2897 else | |
2898 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
2899 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
2900 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
2901 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
2902 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
2903 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
659 | 2904 else |
2905 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
2906 } | |
2907 | |
2908 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
2909 { | |
2910 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
716 | 2911 |
2912 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
2913 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
2914 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2915 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2916 | |
659 | 2917 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
2918 { | |
2919 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
2920 * previously displayed match. */ | |
2921 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
2922 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2923 } | |
540 | 2924 } |
2925 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2926 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
659 | 2927 |
2928 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
2929 cur = -1; | |
540 | 2930 } |
2931 } | |
2932 else | |
2933 { | |
2934 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
657 | 2935 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
786 | 2936 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
2937 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
2938 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
829 | 2939 { |
2940 cur = i; | |
657 | 2941 break; |
829 | 2942 } |
540 | 2943 } |
2944 | |
2945 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2946 { | |
2947 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
2948 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
2949 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2950 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
732 | 2951 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
540 | 2952 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
2953 } | |
2954 } | |
2955 | |
7 | 2956 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
2957 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
648 | 2958 |
7 | 2959 /* |
703 | 2960 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
2961 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
7 | 2962 */ |
2963 static void | |
703 | 2964 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
2965 char_u *dict_start; | |
7 | 2966 char_u *pat; |
667 | 2967 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
703 | 2968 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
2969 { | |
2970 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
7 | 2971 char_u *ptr; |
2972 char_u *buf; | |
2973 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
2974 char_u **files; | |
2975 int count; | |
2976 int save_p_scs; | |
659 | 2977 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2978 |
703 | 2979 if (*dict == NUL) |
2980 { | |
744 | 2981 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 2982 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
2983 * "spell". */ | |
2984 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
2985 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
2986 else | |
2987 #endif | |
2988 return; | |
2989 } | |
2990 | |
7 | 2991 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
703 | 2992 if (buf == NULL) |
2993 return; | |
1074 | 2994 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
703 | 2995 |
7 | 2996 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
2997 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
2998 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
2999 p_scs = FALSE; | |
667 | 3000 |
3001 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
3002 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
842 | 3003 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
667 | 3004 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
3005 { | |
842 | 3006 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
1869 | 3007 size_t len; |
842 | 3008 |
3009 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
1159 | 3010 goto theend; |
1869 | 3011 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
3012 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
667 | 3013 if (ptr == NULL) |
842 | 3014 { |
3015 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
1074 | 3016 goto theend; |
842 | 3017 } |
1869 | 3018 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
842 | 3019 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
3020 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
667 | 3021 vim_free(ptr); |
3022 } | |
3023 else | |
703 | 3024 { |
667 | 3025 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
703 | 3026 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
3027 goto theend; | |
3028 } | |
667 | 3029 |
7 | 3030 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
3031 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
703 | 3032 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
7 | 3033 { |
3034 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
3035 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
3036 { | |
3037 count = 1; | |
3038 files = &dict; | |
3039 } | |
3040 else | |
3041 { | |
3042 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
3043 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
3044 * a modeline). */ | |
3045 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
744 | 3046 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 3047 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
3048 count = -1; | |
744 | 3049 else |
3050 # endif | |
3051 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
7 | 3052 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
3053 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
3054 count = 0; | |
3055 } | |
3056 | |
744 | 3057 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 3058 if (count == -1) |
3059 { | |
712 | 3060 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
3061 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
703 | 3062 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
3063 ptr = pat + 2; | |
3064 else | |
3065 ptr = pat; | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3066 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
703 | 3067 } |
3068 else | |
744 | 3069 # endif |
938 | 3070 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
703 | 3071 { |
3072 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
3073 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
7 | 3074 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
703 | 3075 FreeWild(count, files); |
3076 } | |
3077 if (flags != 0) | |
7 | 3078 break; |
3079 } | |
703 | 3080 |
3081 theend: | |
7 | 3082 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
3083 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
3084 vim_free(buf); | |
3085 } | |
3086 | |
703 | 3087 static void |
3088 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
3089 int count; | |
3090 char_u **files; | |
3091 int thesaurus; | |
3092 int flags; | |
3093 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
3094 char_u *buf; | |
3095 int *dir; | |
3096 { | |
3097 char_u *ptr; | |
3098 int i; | |
3099 FILE *fp; | |
3100 int add_r; | |
3101 | |
3102 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
3103 { | |
3104 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
3105 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
3106 { | |
3107 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
3108 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
1869 | 3109 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
703 | 3110 } |
3111 | |
3112 if (fp != NULL) | |
3113 { | |
3114 /* | |
3115 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
3116 * Check each line for a match. | |
3117 */ | |
3118 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
3119 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
3120 { | |
3121 ptr = buf; | |
3122 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
3123 { | |
3124 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
3125 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
3126 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
3127 else | |
3128 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
3129 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
3130 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
942 | 3131 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
703 | 3132 if (thesaurus) |
3133 { | |
3134 char_u *wstart; | |
3135 | |
3136 /* | |
3137 * Add the other matches on the line | |
3138 */ | |
1353 | 3139 ptr = buf; |
703 | 3140 while (!got_int) |
3141 { | |
3142 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
3143 * space and punctuation. */ | |
3144 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
3145 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
3146 break; | |
3147 wstart = ptr; | |
3148 | |
1353 | 3149 /* Find end of the word. */ |
703 | 3150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3151 if (has_mbyte) | |
3152 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
3153 * different classes, only separate words | |
3154 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
3155 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3156 { | |
3157 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
3158 | |
3159 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3160 break; | |
3161 ptr += l; | |
3162 } | |
3163 else | |
3164 #endif | |
3165 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
1353 | 3166 |
3167 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
3168 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
3169 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
3170 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
3171 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
703 | 3172 } |
3173 } | |
3174 if (add_r == OK) | |
3175 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3176 *dir = FORWARD; | |
3177 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
3178 break; | |
3179 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
3180 * of line */ | |
3181 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
3182 break; | |
3183 } | |
3184 line_breakcheck(); | |
3185 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
3186 } | |
3187 fclose(fp); | |
3188 } | |
3189 } | |
3190 } | |
3191 | |
7 | 3192 /* |
3193 * Find the start of the next word. | |
3194 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
3195 */ | |
3196 char_u * | |
3197 find_word_start(ptr) | |
3198 char_u *ptr; | |
3199 { | |
3200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3201 if (has_mbyte) | |
3202 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
474 | 3203 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3204 else |
3205 #endif | |
3206 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3207 ++ptr; | |
3208 return ptr; | |
3209 } | |
3210 | |
3211 /* | |
3212 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
3213 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
3214 */ | |
3215 char_u * | |
3216 find_word_end(ptr) | |
3217 char_u *ptr; | |
3218 { | |
3219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3220 int start_class; | |
3221 | |
3222 if (has_mbyte) | |
3223 { | |
3224 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
3225 if (start_class > 1) | |
3226 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3227 { | |
474 | 3228 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3229 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
3230 break; | |
3231 } | |
3232 } | |
3233 else | |
3234 #endif | |
3235 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3236 ++ptr; | |
3237 return ptr; | |
3238 } | |
3239 | |
3240 /* | |
667 | 3241 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
3242 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
3243 */ | |
3244 static char_u * | |
3245 find_line_end(ptr) | |
3246 char_u *ptr; | |
3247 { | |
3248 char_u *s; | |
3249 | |
3250 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
3251 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
3252 --s; | |
3253 return s; | |
3254 } | |
3255 | |
3256 /* | |
7 | 3257 * Free the list of completions |
3258 */ | |
3259 static void | |
3260 ins_compl_free() | |
3261 { | |
464 | 3262 compl_T *match; |
786 | 3263 int i; |
7 | 3264 |
449 | 3265 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
3266 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3267 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3268 compl_leader = NULL; | |
449 | 3269 |
3270 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
7 | 3271 return; |
540 | 3272 |
3273 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3274 pum_clear(); | |
3275 | |
449 | 3276 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
7 | 3277 do |
3278 { | |
449 | 3279 match = compl_curr_match; |
464 | 3280 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
3281 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
7 | 3282 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
464 | 3283 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
3284 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
786 | 3285 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
3286 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
7 | 3287 vim_free(match); |
449 | 3288 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
3289 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
1927 | 3290 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
7 | 3291 } |
3292 | |
3293 static void | |
3294 ins_compl_clear() | |
3295 { | |
449 | 3296 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3297 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3298 compl_matches = 0; | |
3299 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
3300 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3301 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3302 compl_leader = NULL; | |
7 | 3303 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
724 | 3304 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
3305 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
825 | 3306 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3307 } |
3308 | |
3309 /* | |
674 | 3310 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
3311 */ | |
3312 int | |
3313 ins_compl_active() | |
3314 { | |
3315 return compl_started; | |
3316 } | |
3317 | |
3318 /* | |
659 | 3319 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
3320 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
836 | 3321 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
3322 * to be got from the user. | |
657 | 3323 */ |
3324 static int | |
3325 ins_compl_bs() | |
3326 { | |
3327 char_u *line; | |
3328 char_u *p; | |
3329 | |
836 | 3330 line = ml_get_curline(); |
3331 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3332 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
3333 | |
1430 | 3334 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
3335 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
3336 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
3337 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
3338 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
836 | 3339 return K_BS; |
3340 | |
874 | 3341 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
3342 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
3343 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
3344 || compl_was_interrupted) | |
3345 ins_compl_restart(); | |
657 | 3346 |
3347 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
835 | 3348 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
657 | 3349 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
3350 { | |
874 | 3351 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
3352 return NUL; | |
3353 } | |
3354 return K_BS; | |
3355 } | |
3356 | |
3357 /* | |
3358 * Called after changing "compl_leader". | |
3359 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
3360 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
3361 */ | |
3362 static void | |
3363 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
3364 { | |
3365 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3366 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 3367 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
874 | 3368 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
3369 | |
3370 if (compl_started) | |
3371 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
3372 else | |
3373 { | |
826 | 3374 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
874 | 3375 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
3376 #endif | |
3377 /* | |
3378 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
3379 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
3380 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
3381 */ | |
3382 update_screen(0); | |
3383 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3384 if (gui.in_use) | |
3385 { | |
3386 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
3387 setcursor(); | |
3388 out_flush(); | |
3389 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
3390 } | |
3391 #endif | |
3392 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
3393 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
3394 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3395 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
3396 } | |
3397 | |
887 | 3398 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
874 | 3399 |
3400 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
3401 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
947 | 3402 |
3403 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
3404 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
3405 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
657 | 3406 } |
3407 | |
3408 /* | |
1782 | 3409 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
3410 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
3411 */ | |
3412 static int | |
3413 ins_compl_len() | |
3414 { | |
1869 | 3415 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
1782 | 3416 |
3417 if (off < 0) | |
3418 return 0; | |
3419 return off; | |
3420 } | |
3421 | |
3422 /* | |
657 | 3423 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3424 * matches. | |
3425 */ | |
3426 static void | |
3427 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
3428 int c; | |
3429 { | |
3430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3431 int cc; | |
3432 | |
3433 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
3434 { | |
3435 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
3436 | |
3437 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
3438 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
3439 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
3440 } | |
3441 else | |
3442 #endif | |
3443 ins_char(c); | |
3444 | |
874 | 3445 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
3446 if (compl_was_interrupted) | |
3447 ins_compl_restart(); | |
3448 | |
657 | 3449 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3450 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
1869 | 3451 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
657 | 3452 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
874 | 3453 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
3454 } | |
3455 | |
3456 /* | |
3457 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
3458 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
3459 */ | |
3460 static void | |
3461 ins_compl_restart() | |
3462 { | |
3463 ins_compl_free(); | |
3464 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3465 compl_matches = 0; | |
3466 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3467 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
694 | 3468 } |
3469 | |
3470 /* | |
3471 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
3472 */ | |
3473 static void | |
3474 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
3475 char_u *str; | |
3476 { | |
3477 char_u *p; | |
3478 | |
3479 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
3480 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
3481 { | |
3482 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
3483 if (p != NULL) | |
3484 { | |
3485 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
3486 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
3487 } | |
657 | 3488 } |
3489 } | |
3490 | |
3491 /* | |
659 | 3492 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3493 * matches. | |
3494 */ | |
3495 static void | |
3496 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
3497 { | |
3498 char_u *p; | |
1869 | 3499 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
659 | 3500 int c; |
887 | 3501 compl_T *cp; |
659 | 3502 |
3503 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
677 | 3504 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
887 | 3505 { |
3506 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
3507 * the leader. */ | |
3508 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
3509 { | |
3510 p = NULL; | |
3511 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
3512 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
3513 { | |
987 | 3514 if (compl_leader == NULL |
3515 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
887 | 3516 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
3517 { | |
3518 p = cp->cp_str; | |
3519 break; | |
3520 } | |
3521 } | |
3522 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
3523 return; | |
3524 } | |
3525 else | |
3526 return; | |
3527 } | |
659 | 3528 p += len; |
2845 | 3529 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
659 | 3530 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
3531 } | |
3532 | |
3533 /* | |
7 | 3534 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
464 | 3535 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
540 | 3536 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
7 | 3537 */ |
540 | 3538 static int |
7 | 3539 ins_compl_prep(c) |
3540 int c; | |
3541 { | |
3542 char_u *ptr; | |
3543 int want_cindent; | |
540 | 3544 int retval = FALSE; |
7 | 3545 |
3546 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
3547 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
3548 */ | |
3549 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3550 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
3551 | |
1434 | 3552 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3553 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3554 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
540 | 3555 return retval; |
7 | 3556 |
665 | 3557 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
3558 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
3559 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
3560 { | |
3561 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
3562 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
3563 } | |
3564 | |
7 | 3565 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
3566 { | |
3567 /* | |
3568 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
3569 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
3570 */ | |
3571 switch (c) | |
3572 { | |
3573 case Ctrl_E: | |
3574 case Ctrl_Y: | |
3575 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
3576 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
3577 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3578 else | |
3579 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3580 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
3581 showmode(); | |
3582 break; | |
3583 case Ctrl_L: | |
3584 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
3585 break; | |
3586 case Ctrl_F: | |
3587 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
3588 break; | |
3589 case Ctrl_K: | |
3590 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
3591 break; | |
3592 case Ctrl_R: | |
3593 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
3594 break; | |
3595 case Ctrl_T: | |
3596 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
3597 break; | |
12 | 3598 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
3599 case Ctrl_U: | |
3600 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
3601 break; | |
449 | 3602 case Ctrl_O: |
523 | 3603 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
449 | 3604 break; |
502 | 3605 #endif |
477 | 3606 case 's': |
3607 case Ctrl_S: | |
3608 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
744 | 3609 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
819 | 3610 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
484 | 3611 spell_back_to_badword(); |
819 | 3612 --emsg_off; |
484 | 3613 #endif |
477 | 3614 break; |
7 | 3615 case Ctrl_RSB: |
3616 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
3617 break; | |
3618 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
3619 case Ctrl_I: | |
3620 case K_S_TAB: | |
3621 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
3622 break; | |
3623 case Ctrl_D: | |
3624 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
3625 break; | |
3626 #endif | |
3627 case Ctrl_V: | |
3628 case Ctrl_Q: | |
3629 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
3630 break; | |
3631 case Ctrl_P: | |
3632 case Ctrl_N: | |
3633 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
3634 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
3635 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
3636 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
3637 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
3638 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
3639 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 3640 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
3641 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
3642 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
3643 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 3644 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
3645 default: | |
449 | 3646 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
3647 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
3648 * mode). | |
3649 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
3650 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
3651 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
3652 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
3653 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
3654 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
3655 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
7 | 3656 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
3657 { | |
449 | 3658 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
3659 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
7 | 3660 else |
449 | 3661 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
7 | 3662 } |
3663 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3664 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3665 showmode(); | |
3666 break; | |
3667 } | |
3668 } | |
3669 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
3670 { | |
3671 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
3672 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3673 { | |
3674 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
3675 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3676 else | |
3677 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
3678 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3679 } | |
3680 showmode(); | |
3681 } | |
3682 | |
449 | 3683 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
7 | 3684 { |
3685 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
3686 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
449 | 3687 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
7 | 3688 showmode(); |
644 | 3689 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
3690 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
7 | 3691 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
3692 { | |
3693 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
3694 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
449 | 3695 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
836 | 3696 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
7 | 3697 { |
449 | 3698 char_u *p; |
938 | 3699 int temp = 0; |
449 | 3700 |
7 | 3701 /* |
836 | 3702 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
3703 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
3704 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
3705 * of the original text that has changed. | |
3706 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
3707 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
7 | 3708 */ |
836 | 3709 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
3710 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
3711 else if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
3712 ptr = compl_leader; | |
3713 else | |
3714 ptr = compl_orig_text; | |
897 | 3715 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) |
3716 { | |
3717 p = compl_orig_text; | |
3718 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; | |
3719 ++temp) | |
3720 ; | |
836 | 3721 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
897 | 3722 if (temp > 0) |
3723 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); | |
3724 #endif | |
3725 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
3726 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
3727 } | |
3728 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3729 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); | |
7 | 3730 } |
3731 | |
3732 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3733 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
3734 #endif | |
3735 /* | |
3736 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
3737 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
3738 */ | |
449 | 3739 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
7 | 3740 { |
3741 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3742 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
3743 if (want_cindent) | |
3744 { | |
3745 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3746 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
3747 } | |
3748 #endif | |
3749 } | |
3750 else | |
3751 { | |
1073 | 3752 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
3753 | |
7 | 3754 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
1073 | 3755 if (prev_col > 0) |
3756 dec_cursor(); | |
7 | 3757 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
3758 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
1073 | 3759 if (prev_col > 0 |
3760 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
3761 inc_cursor(); | |
7 | 3762 } |
3763 | |
816 | 3764 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
825 | 3765 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
3766 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
3767 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
3768 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
3769 && pum_visible()) | |
540 | 3770 retval = TRUE; |
3771 | |
816 | 3772 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
3773 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
3774 { | |
3775 ins_compl_delete(); | |
3776 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
1782 | 3777 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3778 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
1782 | 3779 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3780 retval = TRUE; |
3781 } | |
3782 | |
1698 | 3783 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
3784 | |
7 | 3785 ins_compl_free(); |
449 | 3786 compl_started = FALSE; |
3787 compl_matches = 0; | |
7 | 3788 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
3789 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
825 | 3790 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3791 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
3792 { | |
3793 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3794 showmode(); | |
3795 } | |
3796 | |
3797 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3798 /* | |
3799 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
3800 */ | |
3801 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
3802 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3803 #endif | |
3804 } | |
3805 } | |
3806 | |
3807 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
3808 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
3809 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3810 { | |
449 | 3811 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3812 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
7 | 3813 } |
540 | 3814 |
3815 return retval; | |
7 | 3816 } |
3817 | |
3818 /* | |
3819 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers | |
3820 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
3821 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
3822 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
3823 * | |
3824 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
3825 */ | |
3826 static buf_T * | |
3827 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
3828 buf_T *buf; | |
3829 int flag; | |
3830 { | |
3831 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3832 static win_T *wp; | |
3833 #endif | |
3834 | |
3835 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
3836 { | |
3837 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3838 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
3839 wp = curwin; | |
383 | 3840 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
7 | 3841 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
3842 ; | |
3843 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
3844 #else | |
3845 buf = curbuf; | |
3846 #endif | |
3847 } | |
3848 else | |
3849 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
3850 * (unlisted buffers) | |
3851 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
383 | 3852 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
7 | 3853 && ((flag == 'U' |
3854 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
3855 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
3856 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
667 | 3857 || buf->b_scanned)) |
7 | 3858 ; |
3859 return buf; | |
3860 } | |
3861 | |
12 | 3862 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
659 | 3863 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
12 | 3864 |
3865 /* | |
523 | 3866 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
502 | 3867 * get matches in "matches". |
12 | 3868 */ |
659 | 3869 static void |
3870 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
523 | 3871 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
12 | 3872 char_u *base; |
3873 { | |
452 | 3874 list_T *matchlist; |
502 | 3875 char_u *args[2]; |
3876 char_u *funcname; | |
3877 pos_T pos; | |
2631 | 3878 win_T *curwin_save; |
3879 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
502 | 3880 |
3881 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
3882 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
659 | 3883 return; |
452 | 3884 |
3885 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
3886 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
502 | 3887 args[1] = base; |
3888 | |
3889 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2631 | 3890 curwin_save = curwin; |
3891 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
502 | 3892 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
2631 | 3893 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
3894 { | |
3895 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
3896 goto theend; | |
3897 } | |
502 | 3898 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
2631 | 3899 check_cursor(); |
3900 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
3901 { | |
3902 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
3903 goto theend; | |
3904 } | |
3905 if (matchlist != NULL) | |
3906 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
3907 | |
3908 theend: | |
3909 if (matchlist != NULL) | |
3910 list_unref(matchlist); | |
724 | 3911 } |
3912 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
3913 | |
786 | 3914 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 3915 /* |
3916 * Add completions from a list. | |
3917 */ | |
3918 static void | |
3919 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
3920 list_T *list; | |
3921 { | |
3922 listitem_T *li; | |
3923 int dir = compl_direction; | |
3924 | |
659 | 3925 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
724 | 3926 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
452 | 3927 { |
786 | 3928 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
3929 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3930 dir = FORWARD; | |
648 | 3931 else if (did_emsg) |
3932 break; | |
452 | 3933 } |
724 | 3934 } |
786 | 3935 |
3936 /* | |
3937 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. | |
3938 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
3939 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
3940 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
3941 */ | |
3942 int | |
3943 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
3944 typval_T *tv; | |
3945 int dir; | |
3946 { | |
3947 char_u *word; | |
867 | 3948 int icase = FALSE; |
944 | 3949 int adup = FALSE; |
2632 | 3950 int aempty = FALSE; |
786 | 3951 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
3952 | |
3953 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
3954 { | |
3955 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
3956 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3957 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
3958 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3959 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
3960 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3961 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
3962 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3963 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
3964 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
3965 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
841 | 3966 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
944 | 3967 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
2632 | 3968 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
3969 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
786 | 3970 } |
3971 else | |
3972 { | |
3973 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
3974 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
3975 } | |
2632 | 3976 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
786 | 3977 return FAIL; |
944 | 3978 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
786 | 3979 } |
724 | 3980 #endif |
12 | 3981 |
449 | 3982 /* |
3983 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
659 | 3984 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
3985 * compl_direction. | |
667 | 3986 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
3987 * where we stopped searching before. | |
449 | 3988 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
3989 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
7 | 3990 */ |
3991 static int | |
659 | 3992 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
7 | 3993 pos_T *ini; |
3994 { | |
3995 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
3996 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
3997 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
449 | 3998 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
3999 certain type. */ | |
4000 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
7 | 4001 |
464 | 4002 pos_T *pos; |
4003 char_u **matches; | |
4004 int save_p_scs; | |
4005 int save_p_ws; | |
4006 int save_p_ic; | |
4007 int i; | |
4008 int num_matches; | |
4009 int len; | |
4010 int found_new_match; | |
4011 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
4012 char_u *ptr; | |
4013 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
4014 int dict_f = 0; | |
4015 compl_T *old_match; | |
7 | 4016 |
449 | 4017 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4018 { |
4019 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
4020 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
4021 found_all = FALSE; | |
4022 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
449 | 4023 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
12 | 4024 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
7 | 4025 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
4026 } | |
4027 | |
449 | 4028 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
659 | 4029 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
7 | 4030 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
4031 for (;;) | |
4032 { | |
4033 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
4034 | |
449 | 4035 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
7 | 4036 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
4037 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
4038 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4039 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
7 | 4040 { |
4041 found_all = FALSE; | |
4042 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
4043 e_cpt++; | |
4044 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
4045 { | |
4046 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
4047 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
4048 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
4049 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
4050 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
4051 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
4052 type = 0; | |
4053 } | |
4054 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
4055 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
4056 { | |
4057 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
4058 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
4059 { | |
449 | 4060 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 4061 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
4062 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
4063 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
4064 type = 0; | |
4065 } | |
4066 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
4067 { | |
4068 found_all = TRUE; | |
4069 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
4070 continue; | |
4071 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
4072 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
4073 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
4074 } | |
274 | 4075 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
7 | 4076 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
4077 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
4078 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
4079 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
4080 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
1869 | 4081 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 4082 } |
4083 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
4084 break; | |
4085 else | |
4086 { | |
4087 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4088 type = -1; | |
4089 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
4090 { | |
4091 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
4092 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
4093 else | |
4094 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
4095 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
4096 { | |
4097 dict = e_cpt; | |
4098 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
4099 } | |
4100 } | |
4101 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
4102 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
4103 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
4104 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
4105 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
4106 #endif | |
4107 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
4108 { | |
4109 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
1872 | 4110 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
1869 | 4111 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 4112 } |
4113 else | |
4114 type = -1; | |
4115 | |
4116 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
4117 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
4118 | |
4119 found_all = TRUE; | |
4120 if (type == -1) | |
4121 continue; | |
4122 } | |
4123 } | |
4124 | |
4125 switch (type) | |
4126 { | |
4127 case -1: | |
4128 break; | |
4129 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
4130 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
4131 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
659 | 4132 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
449 | 4133 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
7 | 4134 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
449 | 4135 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4136 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
4137 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
4138 break; | |
4139 #endif | |
4140 | |
4141 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
4142 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
4143 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
703 | 4144 dict != NULL ? dict |
7 | 4145 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
4146 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
4147 ? p_tsr | |
4148 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
4149 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
4150 ? p_dict | |
4151 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
659 | 4152 compl_pattern, |
703 | 4153 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
4154 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
7 | 4155 dict = NULL; |
4156 break; | |
4157 | |
4158 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
4159 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
4160 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
449 | 4161 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
7 | 4162 |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4163 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
449 | 4164 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
4165 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
7 | 4166 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
4167 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
4168 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
4169 { | |
942 | 4170 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
7 | 4171 } |
4172 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
4173 break; | |
4174 | |
4175 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
449 | 4176 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
7 | 4177 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
4178 { | |
4179 | |
4180 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
449 | 4181 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
681 | 4182 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
4183 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
4184 TRUE | |
4185 #else | |
4186 FALSE | |
4187 #endif | |
4188 ); | |
7 | 4189 } |
4190 break; | |
4191 | |
4192 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
449 | 4193 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
4194 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
7 | 4195 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
681 | 4196 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
7 | 4197 break; |
4198 | |
12 | 4199 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
4200 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
523 | 4201 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
659 | 4202 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
12 | 4203 break; |
4204 #endif | |
4205 | |
477 | 4206 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
744 | 4207 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
477 | 4208 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
1872 | 4209 compl_pattern, &matches); |
477 | 4210 if (num_matches > 0) |
942 | 4211 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
477 | 4212 #endif |
4213 break; | |
4214 | |
7 | 4215 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
4216 /* | |
4217 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
4218 */ | |
4219 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
4220 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
4221 p_scs = FALSE; | |
449 | 4222 |
7 | 4223 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
4224 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
4225 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
4226 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
4227 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
4228 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
4229 p_ws = FALSE; | |
4230 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
4231 p_ws = TRUE; | |
4232 for (;;) | |
4233 { | |
464 | 4234 int flags = 0; |
7 | 4235 |
1007 | 4236 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
4237 | |
540 | 4238 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
4239 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
7 | 4240 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
449 | 4241 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4242 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
659 | 4243 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
7 | 4244 else |
659 | 4245 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
4246 compl_direction, | |
449 | 4247 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
1496 | 4248 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
1007 | 4249 --msg_silent; |
449 | 4250 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4251 { |
667 | 4252 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
449 | 4253 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 4254 first_match_pos = *pos; |
4255 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
4256 } | |
4257 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
665 | 4258 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
7 | 4259 found_new_match = FAIL; |
4260 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
4261 { | |
4262 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
4263 found_all = TRUE; | |
4264 break; | |
4265 } | |
4266 | |
4267 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
449 | 4268 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
7 | 4269 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
4270 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
4271 continue; | |
4272 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
4273 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4274 { | |
449 | 4275 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 4276 { |
4277 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4278 continue; | |
4279 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4280 if (!p_paste) | |
4281 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4282 } | |
4283 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
4284 } | |
4285 else | |
4286 { | |
449 | 4287 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
4288 | |
4289 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 4290 { |
449 | 4291 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
7 | 4292 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
4293 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
4294 continue; | |
4295 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4296 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4297 } | |
4298 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
4299 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4300 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4301 | |
449 | 4302 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
4303 && len == compl_length) | |
7 | 4304 { |
4305 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4306 { | |
4307 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
4308 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
4309 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
449 | 4310 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
7 | 4311 * works -- Acevedo */ |
4312 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
4313 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4314 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4315 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4316 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4317 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
4318 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4319 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
4320 { | |
419 | 4321 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
7 | 4322 { |
419 | 4323 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
7 | 4324 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4325 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
4326 if (p_js | |
419 | 4327 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
7 | 4328 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
4329 == NULL | |
419 | 4330 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
4331 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
7 | 4332 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4333 } | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4334 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
7 | 4335 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
4336 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
4337 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4338 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
464 | 4339 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 4340 } |
4341 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
4342 ptr = IObuff; | |
4343 } | |
449 | 4344 if (len == compl_length) |
7 | 4345 continue; |
4346 } | |
4347 } | |
942 | 4348 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
540 | 4349 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
659 | 4350 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
7 | 4351 { |
4352 found_new_match = OK; | |
4353 break; | |
4354 } | |
4355 } | |
4356 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
4357 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
4358 } | |
540 | 4359 |
449 | 4360 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
1796 | 4361 * expansion added something) */ |
540 | 4362 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
7 | 4363 found_new_match = OK; |
4364 | |
4365 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
4366 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
4367 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4368 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
540 | 4369 { |
4370 if (got_int) | |
4371 break; | |
665 | 4372 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
989 | 4373 if (type != -1) |
540 | 4374 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
665 | 4375 |
540 | 4376 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
4377 || compl_interrupted) | |
4378 break; | |
4379 compl_started = TRUE; | |
4380 } | |
4381 else | |
4382 { | |
4383 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
4384 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
4385 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
4386 | |
4387 compl_started = FALSE; | |
4388 } | |
449 | 4389 } |
4390 compl_started = TRUE; | |
7 | 4391 |
4392 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4393 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
4394 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
4395 | |
4396 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
4397 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
4398 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
4399 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
4400 | |
4401 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
449 | 4402 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
4403 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
724 | 4404 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
4405 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
449 | 4406 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
4407 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
7 | 4408 return i; |
4409 } | |
4410 | |
4411 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
4412 static void | |
4413 ins_compl_delete() | |
4414 { | |
4415 int i; | |
4416 | |
4417 /* | |
4418 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
4419 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
4420 */ | |
449 | 4421 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
7 | 4422 backspace_until_column(i); |
4423 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
4424 } | |
4425 | |
4426 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
4427 static void | |
4428 ins_compl_insert() | |
4429 { | |
1782 | 4430 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
683 | 4431 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
4432 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
4433 else | |
4434 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
7 | 4435 } |
4436 | |
4437 /* | |
4438 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
464 | 4439 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
4440 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
4441 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
4442 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
4443 * through the ones found so far. | |
7 | 4444 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
4445 * | |
449 | 4446 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
4447 * compl_shown_match here. | |
7 | 4448 * |
4449 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
464 | 4450 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
4451 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
7 | 4452 */ |
4453 static int | |
665 | 4454 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
7 | 4455 int allow_get_expansion; |
610 | 4456 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
4457 be at least 1 */ | |
665 | 4458 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
7 | 4459 { |
4460 int num_matches = -1; | |
4461 int i; | |
610 | 4462 int todo = count; |
657 | 4463 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
4464 int found_end = FALSE; | |
836 | 4465 int advance; |
7 | 4466 |
665 | 4467 if (compl_leader != NULL |
4468 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
4469 { | |
4470 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
4471 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
681 | 4472 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4473 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
665 | 4474 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
4475 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
4476 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
887 | 4477 |
4478 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
4479 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
4480 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4481 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4482 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4483 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
4484 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
4485 { | |
4486 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4487 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4488 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
4489 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
4490 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4491 } | |
665 | 4492 } |
4493 | |
4494 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
874 | 4495 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
7 | 4496 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
4497 ins_compl_delete(); | |
665 | 4498 |
836 | 4499 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
4500 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
4501 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
4502 | |
874 | 4503 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
4504 if (compl_restarting) | |
4505 { | |
4506 advance = FALSE; | |
4507 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
4508 } | |
4509 | |
610 | 4510 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
4511 * around. */ | |
4512 while (--todo >= 0) | |
4513 { | |
4514 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4515 { | |
4516 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
657 | 4517 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
4518 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
4519 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
610 | 4520 } |
4521 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4522 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4523 { | |
657 | 4524 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
610 | 4525 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
657 | 4526 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
7 | 4527 } |
4528 else | |
610 | 4529 { |
909 | 4530 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
4531 { | |
4532 if (advance) | |
4533 { | |
4534 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4535 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
4536 else | |
4537 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
4538 } | |
4539 return -1; | |
4540 } | |
4541 | |
836 | 4542 if (advance) |
4543 { | |
4544 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4545 --compl_pending; | |
4546 else | |
4547 ++compl_pending; | |
4548 } | |
657 | 4549 |
874 | 4550 /* Find matches. */ |
659 | 4551 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
909 | 4552 |
4553 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
4554 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
836 | 4555 && advance) |
909 | 4556 { |
4557 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4558 { | |
4559 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
4560 --compl_pending; | |
4561 } | |
4562 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4563 { | |
4564 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4565 ++compl_pending; | |
4566 } | |
4567 else | |
4568 break; | |
4569 } | |
657 | 4570 found_end = FALSE; |
4571 } | |
4572 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
4573 && compl_leader != NULL | |
681 | 4574 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4575 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
657 | 4576 ++todo; |
4577 else | |
4578 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
4579 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
4580 | |
4581 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
4582 if (found_end) | |
4583 { | |
4584 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
610 | 4585 { |
657 | 4586 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
4587 break; | |
610 | 4588 } |
657 | 4589 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
610 | 4590 } |
7 | 4591 } |
4592 | |
665 | 4593 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
4594 if (insert_match) | |
4595 { | |
4596 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
4597 ins_compl_insert(); | |
4598 else | |
1782 | 4599 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 4600 } |
4601 else | |
4602 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
7 | 4603 |
4604 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
4605 { | |
540 | 4606 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
4607 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
4608 | |
665 | 4609 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
4610 update_screen(0); | |
4611 | |
540 | 4612 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
4613 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
864 | 4614 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
4615 if (gui.in_use) | |
4616 { | |
4617 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
4618 setcursor(); | |
4619 out_flush(); | |
4620 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
4621 } | |
4622 #endif | |
540 | 4623 |
7 | 4624 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
4625 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
4626 ins_compl_delete(); | |
4627 } | |
4628 | |
825 | 4629 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
1219 | 4630 * menu is visible. */ |
825 | 4631 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
4632 | |
7 | 4633 /* |
4634 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
4635 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
4636 */ | |
464 | 4637 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
7 | 4638 { |
4639 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
464 | 4640 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
7 | 4641 if (i <= 0) |
4642 i = 0; | |
4643 else | |
4644 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
464 | 4645 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
7 | 4646 msg(IObuff); |
4647 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
4648 } | |
4649 | |
4650 return num_matches; | |
4651 } | |
4652 | |
4653 /* | |
4654 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
4655 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
716 | 4656 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
7 | 4657 * possible. -- webb |
464 | 4658 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
7 | 4659 */ |
4660 void | |
464 | 4661 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
4662 int frequency; | |
7 | 4663 { |
4664 static int count = 0; | |
4665 | |
4666 int c; | |
4667 | |
4668 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
4669 * scripts */ | |
4670 if (using_script()) | |
4671 return; | |
4672 | |
4673 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
464 | 4674 if (++count < frequency) |
7 | 4675 return; |
4676 count = 0; | |
4677 | |
909 | 4678 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
4679 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
7 | 4680 c = vpeekc_any(); |
4681 if (c != NUL) | |
4682 { | |
4683 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
4684 { | |
4685 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
610 | 4686 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
665 | 4687 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
4688 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
7 | 4689 } |
909 | 4690 else |
4691 { | |
4692 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
1526 | 4693 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
909 | 4694 c = safe_vgetc(); |
1526 | 4695 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
4696 { | |
4697 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
4698 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
4699 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
4700 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
4701 | |
4702 vungetc(c); | |
4703 } | |
909 | 4704 } |
449 | 4705 } |
716 | 4706 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
909 | 4707 { |
4708 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
4709 | |
4710 compl_pending = 0; | |
4711 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
4712 } | |
610 | 4713 } |
4714 | |
4715 /* | |
4716 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
4717 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
4718 */ | |
4719 static int | |
4720 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
4721 int c; | |
4722 { | |
665 | 4723 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
4724 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
4725 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
610 | 4726 return BACKWARD; |
4727 return FORWARD; | |
4728 } | |
4729 | |
4730 /* | |
644 | 4731 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
4732 * is visible. | |
4733 */ | |
4734 static int | |
4735 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
4736 int c; | |
4737 { | |
4738 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
665 | 4739 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
4740 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
644 | 4741 } |
4742 | |
4743 /* | |
610 | 4744 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
4745 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
4746 */ | |
4747 static int | |
4748 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
4749 int c; | |
4750 { | |
4751 int h; | |
4752 | |
665 | 4753 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
610 | 4754 { |
4755 h = pum_get_height(); | |
4756 if (h > 3) | |
4757 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
4758 return h; | |
4759 } | |
4760 return 1; | |
7 | 4761 } |
4762 | |
4763 /* | |
681 | 4764 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
4765 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
4766 */ | |
4767 static int | |
4768 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
4769 int c; | |
4770 { | |
4771 switch (c) | |
4772 { | |
4773 case K_UP: | |
4774 case K_DOWN: | |
4775 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
4776 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
4777 case K_S_DOWN: | |
4778 case K_PAGEUP: | |
4779 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
4780 case K_S_UP: | |
4781 return FALSE; | |
4782 } | |
4783 return TRUE; | |
4784 } | |
4785 | |
4786 /* | |
7 | 4787 * Do Insert mode completion. |
4788 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
4789 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
4790 */ | |
4791 static int | |
4792 ins_complete(c) | |
449 | 4793 int c; |
7 | 4794 { |
449 | 4795 char_u *line; |
4796 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
4797 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
4798 int n; | |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4799 int save_w_wrow; |
7 | 4800 |
610 | 4801 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
449 | 4802 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4803 { |
4804 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
4805 | |
4806 did_ai = FALSE; | |
4807 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
4808 did_si = FALSE; | |
4809 can_si = FALSE; | |
4810 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
4811 #endif | |
4812 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
4813 return FAIL; | |
4814 | |
4815 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
449 | 4816 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
716 | 4817 compl_pending = 0; |
7 | 4818 |
1430 | 4819 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
449 | 4820 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
4821 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
1430 | 4822 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
4823 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
4824 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
4825 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
665 | 4826 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
4827 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
7 | 4828 { |
4829 /* | |
4830 * it is a continued search | |
4831 */ | |
449 | 4832 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
7 | 4833 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
4834 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
4835 { | |
449 | 4836 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
7 | 4837 { |
449 | 4838 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
4839 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
4840 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
4841 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
4842 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
4843 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
4844 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4845 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
7 | 4846 } |
4847 else | |
4848 { | |
4849 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
4850 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
449 | 4851 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
4852 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
7 | 4853 { |
449 | 4854 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
4855 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
4856 line + compl_length | |
4857 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
7 | 4858 } |
449 | 4859 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
7 | 4860 } |
449 | 4861 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
502 | 4862 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
1796 | 4863 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
7 | 4864 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
449 | 4865 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
7 | 4866 { |
449 | 4867 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
4868 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
4869 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
7 | 4870 } |
449 | 4871 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
4872 if (compl_length < 1) | |
4873 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 4874 } |
4875 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4876 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
7 | 4877 else |
449 | 4878 compl_cont_status = 0; |
7 | 4879 } |
4880 else | |
449 | 4881 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
4882 | |
4883 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
4884 { | |
4885 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
7 | 4886 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
449 | 4887 compl_cont_status = 0; |
4888 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
4889 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4890 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
4891 compl_col = 0; | |
7 | 4892 } |
4893 | |
4894 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
4895 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
4896 { | |
449 | 4897 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
7 | 4898 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
4899 { | |
449 | 4900 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
7 | 4901 { |
449 | 4902 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4903 ; |
449 | 4904 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4905 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
7 | 4906 } |
4907 if (p_ic) | |
449 | 4908 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
4909 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
7 | 4910 else |
449 | 4911 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
4912 compl_length); | |
4913 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4914 return FAIL; |
4915 } | |
449 | 4916 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 4917 { |
4918 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
4919 | |
1872 | 4920 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
449 | 4921 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 4922 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 4923 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 4924 return FAIL; |
449 | 4925 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
4926 || (compl_col > 0 | |
7 | 4927 && ( |
4928 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
449 | 4929 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
7 | 4930 #else |
449 | 4931 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
7 | 4932 #endif |
4933 ))) | |
4934 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
449 | 4935 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
4936 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
4937 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
7 | 4938 } |
449 | 4939 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
7 | 4940 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
449 | 4941 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
7 | 4942 #else |
449 | 4943 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
7 | 4944 #endif |
4945 ) | |
4946 { | |
4947 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
449 | 4948 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
4949 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4950 return FAIL; |
449 | 4951 compl_col += curs_col; |
4952 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 4953 } |
4954 else | |
4955 { | |
4956 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4957 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
4958 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
4959 if (has_mbyte) | |
4960 { | |
4961 int base_class; | |
4962 int head_off; | |
4963 | |
449 | 4964 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
4965 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
4966 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
7 | 4967 { |
449 | 4968 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
4969 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
4970 - head_off)) | |
7 | 4971 break; |
449 | 4972 startcol -= head_off; |
7 | 4973 } |
4974 } | |
4975 else | |
4976 #endif | |
449 | 4977 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4978 ; |
449 | 4979 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4980 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
4981 if (compl_length == 1) | |
7 | 4982 { |
4983 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
4984 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
4985 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
4986 */ | |
449 | 4987 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
4988 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4989 return FAIL; |
449 | 4990 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
4991 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
4992 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
7 | 4993 } |
4994 else | |
4995 { | |
449 | 4996 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 4997 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 4998 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 4999 return FAIL; |
449 | 5000 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
5001 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
5002 compl_length); | |
7 | 5003 } |
5004 } | |
5005 } | |
5006 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
5007 { | |
835 | 5008 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
449 | 5009 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
5010 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
5011 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 5012 if (p_ic) |
449 | 5013 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
5014 NULL, 0); | |
7 | 5015 else |
449 | 5016 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5017 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5018 return FAIL; |
5019 } | |
5020 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
5021 { | |
449 | 5022 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
7 | 5023 ; |
449 | 5024 compl_col += ++startcol; |
5025 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
5026 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
5027 EXPAND_FILES); | |
5028 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5029 return FAIL; |
5030 } | |
5031 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
5032 { | |
449 | 5033 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
5034 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5035 return FAIL; |
449 | 5036 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
5037 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
5038 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
5039 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
935 | 5040 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
5041 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
897 | 5042 compl_col = curs_col; |
5043 else | |
935 | 5044 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
5045 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
7 | 5046 } |
523 | 5047 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
502 | 5048 { |
12 | 5049 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
5050 /* | |
502 | 5051 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
5052 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
12 | 5053 */ |
502 | 5054 char_u *args[2]; |
452 | 5055 int col; |
502 | 5056 char_u *funcname; |
5057 pos_T pos; | |
2631 | 5058 win_T *curwin_save; |
5059 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
502 | 5060 |
523 | 5061 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
502 | 5062 * string */ |
5063 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
5064 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
5065 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
523 | 5066 { |
5067 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
5068 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
12 | 5069 return FAIL; |
523 | 5070 } |
452 | 5071 |
5072 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
502 | 5073 args[1] = NULL; |
5074 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2631 | 5075 curwin_save = curwin; |
5076 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
502 | 5077 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
2631 | 5078 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
5079 { | |
5080 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
5081 return FAIL; | |
5082 } | |
502 | 5083 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
2631 | 5084 check_cursor(); |
5085 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
5086 { | |
5087 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
5088 return FAIL; | |
5089 } | |
502 | 5090 |
452 | 5091 if (col < 0) |
523 | 5092 col = curs_col; |
452 | 5093 compl_col = col; |
1872 | 5094 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
452 | 5095 compl_col = curs_col; |
449 | 5096 |
5097 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
5098 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
5099 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
452 | 5100 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
449 | 5101 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5102 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
502 | 5103 #endif |
449 | 5104 return FAIL; |
5105 } | |
477 | 5106 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
5107 { | |
744 | 5108 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
497 | 5109 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
5110 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
5111 else | |
5112 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
5113 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
897 | 5114 { |
5115 compl_length = 0; | |
5116 compl_col = curs_col; | |
5117 } | |
5118 else | |
5119 { | |
5120 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
5121 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
5122 } | |
818 | 5123 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
5124 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
477 | 5125 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5126 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
5127 #endif | |
5128 return FAIL; | |
5129 } | |
449 | 5130 else |
5131 { | |
5132 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
5133 return FAIL; | |
5134 } | |
5135 | |
5136 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5137 { |
5138 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
5139 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
5140 { | |
5141 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
5142 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5143 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
5144 | |
5145 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
5146 #endif | |
449 | 5147 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
5148 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
7 | 5149 ins_eol('\r'); |
5150 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5151 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
5152 #endif | |
449 | 5153 compl_length = 0; |
5154 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7 | 5155 } |
5156 } | |
5157 else | |
5158 { | |
5159 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
449 | 5160 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
5161 } | |
5162 | |
5163 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
5164 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
7 | 5165 else |
5166 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
5167 | |
694 | 5168 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
5169 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
449 | 5170 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5171 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 5172 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
449 | 5173 { |
5174 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
5175 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
5176 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
5177 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
7 | 5178 return FAIL; |
5179 } | |
5180 | |
5181 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
5182 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
5183 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
5184 */ | |
5185 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
5186 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5187 showmode(); | |
5188 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
5189 out_flush(); | |
5190 } | |
5191 | |
449 | 5192 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
5193 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
7 | 5194 |
5195 /* | |
665 | 5196 * Find next match (and following matches). |
7 | 5197 */ |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5198 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
681 | 5199 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
449 | 5200 |
540 | 5201 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
5202 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
5203 | |
449 | 5204 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
5205 compl_matches = n; | |
5206 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
5207 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
857 | 5208 |
5209 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
5210 * mode. */ | |
7 | 5211 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
5212 { | |
5213 (void)vgetc(); | |
5214 got_int = FALSE; | |
5215 } | |
5216 | |
449 | 5217 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
464 | 5218 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
449 | 5219 { |
5220 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
5221 && compl_length > 1 | |
7 | 5222 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
5223 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
5224 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
5225 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
5226 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
5227 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 5228 if ( compl_length > 1 |
5229 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5230 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
5231 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
5232 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
449 | 5233 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
5234 } | |
5235 | |
464 | 5236 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
449 | 5237 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5238 else |
449 | 5239 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5240 |
5241 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
5242 { | |
464 | 5243 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
7 | 5244 { |
5245 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
5246 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
5247 } | |
449 | 5248 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
7 | 5249 { |
5250 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
5251 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5252 } | |
464 | 5253 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
7 | 5254 { |
5255 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
5256 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5257 } | |
5258 else | |
5259 { | |
5260 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
464 | 5261 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
7 | 5262 { |
464 | 5263 int number = 0; |
5264 compl_T *match; | |
7 | 5265 |
449 | 5266 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
7 | 5267 { |
5268 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
5269 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
5270 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5271 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
5272 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5273 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5274 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5275 { |
464 | 5276 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5277 break; |
5278 } | |
5279 if (match != NULL) | |
5280 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
5281 * yet */ | |
540 | 5282 for (match = match->cp_next; |
5283 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
464 | 5284 match = match->cp_next) |
5285 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5286 } |
5287 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
5288 { | |
5289 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
5290 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
5291 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5292 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
5293 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5294 match = match->cp_next) | |
5295 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5296 { |
464 | 5297 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5298 break; |
5299 } | |
5300 if (match != NULL) | |
5301 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
5302 * assigned yet */ | |
464 | 5303 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
5304 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
5305 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5306 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5307 } |
5308 } | |
5309 | |
540 | 5310 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
5311 * just a safety check. */ | |
464 | 5312 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
7 | 5313 { |
1063 | 5314 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
5315 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
5316 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
7 | 5317 |
449 | 5318 if (compl_matches > 0) |
1063 | 5319 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5320 _("match %d of %d"), | |
464 | 5321 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
7 | 5322 else |
1063 | 5323 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5324 _("match %d"), | |
5325 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
7 | 5326 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
5327 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
5328 if (dollar_vcol) | |
5329 curs_columns(FALSE); | |
5330 } | |
5331 } | |
5332 } | |
5333 | |
5334 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
5335 showmode(); | |
5336 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
5337 { | |
5338 if (!p_smd) | |
5339 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
5340 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
5341 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
5342 } | |
5343 else | |
5344 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
5345 | |
857 | 5346 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
5347 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
5348 { | |
5349 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
5350 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
5351 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5352 |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5353 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5354 setcursor(); |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5355 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5356 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5357 |
857 | 5358 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
5359 setcursor(); | |
5360 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
5361 } | |
874 | 5362 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
857 | 5363 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
540 | 5364 |
7 | 5365 return OK; |
5366 } | |
5367 | |
5368 /* | |
5369 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
5370 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
5371 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
5372 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
5373 */ | |
1872 | 5374 static unsigned |
7 | 5375 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
5376 char_u *dest; | |
5377 char_u *src; | |
5378 int len; | |
5379 { | |
1872 | 5380 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
5381 | |
5382 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
7 | 5383 { |
5384 switch (*src) | |
5385 { | |
5386 case '.': | |
5387 case '*': | |
5388 case '[': | |
5389 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5390 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5391 break; | |
5392 case '~': | |
5393 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
5394 break; | |
5395 case '\\': | |
5396 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5397 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5398 break; | |
5399 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
5400 case '$': | |
5401 m++; | |
5402 if (dest != NULL) | |
5403 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
5404 break; | |
5405 } | |
5406 if (dest != NULL) | |
5407 *dest++ = *src; | |
464 | 5408 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 5409 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
5410 if (has_mbyte) | |
5411 { | |
5412 int i, mb_len; | |
5413 | |
474 | 5414 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
7 | 5415 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
5416 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
5417 { | |
5418 --len; | |
5419 ++src; | |
5420 if (dest != NULL) | |
5421 *dest++ = *src; | |
5422 } | |
5423 } | |
464 | 5424 # endif |
7 | 5425 } |
5426 if (dest != NULL) | |
5427 *dest = NUL; | |
5428 | |
5429 return m; | |
5430 } | |
5431 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
5432 | |
5433 /* | |
5434 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
5435 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
5436 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
5437 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
5438 */ | |
5439 int | |
5440 get_literal() | |
5441 { | |
5442 int cc; | |
5443 int nc; | |
5444 int i; | |
5445 int hex = FALSE; | |
5446 int octal = FALSE; | |
5447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5448 int unicode = 0; | |
5449 #endif | |
5450 | |
5451 if (got_int) | |
5452 return Ctrl_C; | |
5453 | |
5454 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5455 /* | |
5456 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
5457 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
5458 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
5459 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
5460 */ | |
5461 if (gui.in_use) | |
5462 ++allow_keys; | |
5463 #endif | |
5464 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5465 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
5466 #endif | |
5467 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
5468 cc = 0; | |
5469 i = 0; | |
5470 for (;;) | |
5471 { | |
1389 | 5472 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 5473 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
5474 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
5475 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5476 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
5477 # endif | |
5478 ) | |
5479 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
5480 #endif | |
5481 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
5482 hex = TRUE; | |
5483 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
5484 octal = TRUE; | |
5485 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5486 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
5487 unicode = nc; | |
5488 #endif | |
5489 else | |
5490 { | |
5491 if (hex | |
5492 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5493 || unicode != 0 | |
5494 #endif | |
5495 ) | |
5496 { | |
5497 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
5498 break; | |
5499 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
5500 } | |
5501 else if (octal) | |
5502 { | |
5503 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
5504 break; | |
5505 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
5506 } | |
5507 else | |
5508 { | |
5509 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
5510 break; | |
5511 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
5512 } | |
5513 | |
5514 ++i; | |
5515 } | |
5516 | |
5517 if (cc > 255 | |
5518 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5519 && unicode == 0 | |
5520 #endif | |
5521 ) | |
5522 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
5523 nc = 0; | |
5524 | |
5525 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
5526 { | |
5527 if (i >= 2) | |
5528 break; | |
5529 } | |
5530 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5531 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
5532 { | |
5533 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
5534 break; | |
5535 } | |
5536 #endif | |
5537 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
5538 break; | |
5539 } | |
5540 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
5541 { | |
5542 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5543 { | |
5544 cc = '\n'; | |
5545 nc = 0; | |
5546 } | |
5547 else | |
5548 { | |
5549 cc = nc; | |
5550 nc = 0; | |
5551 } | |
5552 } | |
5553 | |
5554 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5555 cc = '\n'; | |
221 | 5556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5557 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
5558 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
5559 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
5560 #endif | |
7 | 5561 |
5562 --no_mapping; | |
5563 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5564 if (gui.in_use) | |
5565 --allow_keys; | |
5566 #endif | |
5567 if (nc) | |
5568 vungetc(nc); | |
5569 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
5570 return cc; | |
5571 } | |
5572 | |
5573 /* | |
5574 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
5575 */ | |
5576 static void | |
5577 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
5578 int c; | |
5579 int allow_modmask; | |
5580 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
5581 { | |
5582 char_u *p; | |
5583 int len; | |
5584 | |
5585 /* | |
5586 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
5587 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
5588 * mode. | |
5589 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
5590 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
5591 */ | |
5592 #ifdef MACOS | |
5593 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
5594 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
5595 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
5596 #endif | |
5597 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
5598 { | |
5599 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
5600 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
5601 c = p[len - 1]; | |
5602 if (len > 2) | |
5603 { | |
5604 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
5605 return; | |
5606 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
5607 ins_str(p); | |
620 | 5608 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
7 | 5609 ctrlv = FALSE; |
5610 } | |
5611 } | |
5612 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
5613 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
5614 } | |
5615 | |
5616 /* | |
5617 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
5618 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
5619 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
5620 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
5621 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
5622 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
5623 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
5624 */ | |
5625 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5626 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5627 #else | |
5628 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5629 #endif | |
5630 | |
5631 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5632 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
5633 #else | |
5634 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
5635 #endif | |
5636 | |
5637 void | |
5638 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
5639 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
5640 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
5641 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
5642 { | |
5643 int textwidth; | |
5644 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5645 char_u *p; | |
667 | 5646 #endif |
7 | 5647 int fo_ins_blank; |
5648 | |
5649 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
5650 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5651 | |
5652 /* | |
5653 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
5654 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
5655 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
5656 * ends in white space. | |
5657 * - Otherwise: | |
5658 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
5659 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
5660 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
5661 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
5662 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
5663 * before the insert. | |
5664 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
5665 * before 'textwidth' | |
5666 */ | |
667 | 5667 if (textwidth > 0 |
7 | 5668 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
5669 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
5670 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5671 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5672 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5673 #endif | |
5674 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
5675 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
5676 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
5677 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5678 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
5679 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
5680 )))))) | |
5681 { | |
667 | 5682 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
5683 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
5684 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
1000 | 5685 int do_internal = TRUE; |
5686 | |
1563 | 5687 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
1000 | 5688 { |
5689 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
5690 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
5691 * was called. */ | |
5692 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
5693 } | |
5694 if (do_internal) | |
667 | 5695 #endif |
2004 | 5696 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
667 | 5697 } |
5698 | |
7 | 5699 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
5700 return; | |
5701 | |
5702 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5703 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
5704 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
5705 { | |
5706 char_u *line; | |
5707 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
5708 int middle_len, end_len; | |
5709 int i; | |
5710 | |
5711 /* | |
5712 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
5713 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
5714 */ | |
5715 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
5716 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
5717 { | |
5718 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
5719 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
5720 ++p; | |
5721 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5722 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
5723 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
5724 --middle_len; | |
5725 | |
5726 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
5727 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
5728 ++p; | |
5729 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5730 | |
5731 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
5732 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5733 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
5734 ; | |
5735 i++; | |
5736 | |
5737 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
5738 i -= middle_len; | |
5739 | |
5740 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
5741 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
5742 { | |
5743 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
5744 backspace_until_column(i); | |
5745 | |
5746 /* | |
5747 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
5748 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
5749 */ | |
5750 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
5751 } | |
5752 } | |
5753 } | |
5754 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
5755 #endif | |
5756 | |
5757 did_ai = FALSE; | |
5758 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
5759 did_si = FALSE; | |
5760 can_si = FALSE; | |
5761 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
5762 #endif | |
5763 | |
5764 /* | |
5765 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
5766 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
5767 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
5768 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
5769 * 'paste' is set).. | |
5770 */ | |
5771 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5772 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
5773 #endif | |
5774 | |
5775 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5776 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5777 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
5778 #endif | |
5779 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
5780 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5781 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
5782 && !cindent_on() | |
5783 #endif | |
5784 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5785 && !p_ri | |
5786 #endif | |
5787 ) | |
5788 { | |
5789 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
5790 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
5791 int i; | |
5792 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
5793 | |
5794 buf[0] = c; | |
5795 i = 1; | |
667 | 5796 if (textwidth > 0) |
7 | 5797 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
5798 /* | |
5799 * Stop the string when: | |
5800 * - no more chars available | |
5801 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
5802 * - buffer is full | |
5803 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
5804 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
5805 */ | |
5806 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
5807 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5808 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5809 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
5810 #endif | |
5811 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
5812 && (textwidth == 0 | |
5813 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5814 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
5815 { | |
5816 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5817 c = vgetc(); | |
5818 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
5819 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
5820 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
5821 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
5822 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
5823 # endif | |
5824 buf[i++] = c; | |
5825 #else | |
5826 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
5827 #endif | |
5828 } | |
5829 | |
5830 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
5831 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
5832 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
5833 #endif | |
5834 buf[i] = NUL; | |
5835 ins_str(buf); | |
5836 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
5837 { | |
5838 redo_literal(*buf); | |
5839 i = 1; | |
5840 } | |
5841 else | |
5842 i = 0; | |
5843 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
620 | 5844 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
7 | 5845 } |
5846 else | |
5847 { | |
5848 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
667 | 5849 int cc; |
5850 | |
7 | 5851 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
5852 { | |
5853 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
5854 | |
5855 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
5856 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
5857 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
5858 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
5859 } | |
5860 else | |
5861 #endif | |
5862 { | |
5863 ins_char(c); | |
5864 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
5865 redo_literal(c); | |
5866 else | |
5867 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
5868 } | |
5869 } | |
5870 } | |
5871 | |
5872 /* | |
667 | 5873 * Format text at the current insert position. |
5874 */ | |
5875 static void | |
2004 | 5876 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
667 | 5877 int textwidth; |
5878 int second_indent; | |
5879 int flags; | |
5880 int format_only; | |
2004 | 5881 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
667 | 5882 { |
5883 int cc; | |
5884 int save_char = NUL; | |
5885 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
5886 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5887 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5888 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
5889 #endif | |
5890 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
5891 int first_line = TRUE; | |
5892 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5893 colnr_T leader_len; | |
5894 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
5895 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
5896 #endif | |
5897 | |
5898 /* | |
5899 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
5900 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
5901 */ | |
2004 | 5902 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
5903 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5904 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5905 #endif | |
5906 ) | |
667 | 5907 { |
5908 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5909 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
5910 { | |
5911 save_char = cc; | |
5912 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
5913 } | |
5914 } | |
5915 | |
5916 /* | |
5917 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
5918 */ | |
5919 while (!got_int) | |
5920 { | |
5921 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
5922 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
5923 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
5924 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
5925 colnr_T len; | |
5926 colnr_T virtcol; | |
5927 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5928 int orig_col = 0; | |
5929 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
5930 #endif | |
5931 colnr_T col; | |
2004 | 5932 colnr_T end_col; |
5933 | |
5934 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
5935 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
5936 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
667 | 5937 break; |
5938 | |
5939 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5940 if (no_leader) | |
5941 do_comments = FALSE; | |
5942 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
5943 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
5944 do_comments = TRUE; | |
5945 | |
5946 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5947 if (do_comments) | |
5948 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
5949 else | |
5950 leader_len = 0; | |
5951 | |
5952 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
5953 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
5954 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
5955 * to start with %. */ | |
5956 if (leader_len == 0) | |
5957 no_leader = TRUE; | |
5958 #endif | |
5959 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
5960 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5961 && leader_len == 0 | |
5962 #endif | |
5963 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
5964 | |
5965 break; | |
5966 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
5967 break; | |
5968 | |
5969 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
5970 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
5971 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5972 | |
2004 | 5973 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
667 | 5974 foundcol = 0; |
5975 | |
5976 /* | |
5977 * Find position to break at. | |
5978 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
5979 */ | |
5980 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
5981 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
5982 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
5983 { | |
2004 | 5984 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
5985 cc = c; | |
5986 else | |
5987 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
667 | 5988 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
5989 { | |
5990 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
2004 | 5991 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
667 | 5992 |
5993 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
5994 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5995 { | |
5996 dec_cursor(); | |
5997 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5998 } | |
5999 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6000 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
6001 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6002 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6003 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
6004 break; | |
6005 #endif | |
6006 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
6007 { | |
6008 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
6009 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6010 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
2004 | 6011 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
6012 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
6013 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
6014 break; | |
6015 #endif | |
667 | 6016 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
6017 dec_cursor(); | |
6018 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6019 | |
6020 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6021 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
6022 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6023 } | |
2004 | 6024 |
6025 inc_cursor(); | |
6026 | |
6027 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
6028 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6029 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
667 | 6030 break; |
6031 } | |
6032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2004 | 6033 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
667 | 6034 { |
6035 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
2004 | 6036 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
6037 { | |
6038 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6039 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6040 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
6041 break; | |
6042 #endif | |
6043 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6044 inc_cursor(); | |
6045 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
6046 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
6047 { | |
6048 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6049 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
6050 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
6051 break; | |
6052 } | |
6053 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6054 } | |
6055 | |
6056 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6057 break; | |
6058 | |
6059 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6060 | |
6061 dec_cursor(); | |
6062 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6063 | |
6064 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6065 continue; /* break with space */ | |
6066 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6067 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6068 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
6069 break; | |
6070 #endif | |
6071 | |
6072 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6073 | |
667 | 6074 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
6075 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
2004 | 6076 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
6077 break; | |
667 | 6078 } |
6079 #endif | |
6080 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6081 break; | |
6082 dec_cursor(); | |
6083 } | |
6084 | |
6085 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
6086 { | |
6087 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
6088 break; | |
6089 } | |
6090 | |
6091 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
6092 undisplay_dollar(); | |
6093 | |
6094 /* | |
6095 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
6096 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
6097 * over the text instead. | |
6098 */ | |
6099 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6100 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6101 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
6102 else | |
6103 #endif | |
2004 | 6104 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
667 | 6105 |
6106 /* | |
6107 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
6108 * characters that will remain on top line | |
6109 */ | |
6110 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
2004 | 6111 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
6112 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
667 | 6113 inc_cursor(); |
6114 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6115 if (startcol < 0) | |
6116 startcol = 0; | |
6117 | |
6118 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6119 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6120 { | |
6121 /* | |
6122 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
6123 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
6124 */ | |
6125 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
6126 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
6127 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
6128 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
6129 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
6130 | |
6131 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
6132 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6133 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
6134 } | |
6135 else | |
6136 #endif | |
6137 { | |
6138 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
6139 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6140 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
6141 } | |
6142 | |
6143 /* | |
6144 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
6145 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
6146 */ | |
6147 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
6148 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
6149 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6150 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
6151 #endif | |
6152 , old_indent); | |
6153 old_indent = 0; | |
6154 | |
6155 replace_offset = 0; | |
6156 if (first_line) | |
6157 { | |
6158 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
6159 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
6160 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
6161 { | |
6162 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6163 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 6164 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
667 | 6165 else |
6166 #endif | |
6167 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
6168 } | |
6169 first_line = FALSE; | |
6170 } | |
6171 | |
6172 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6173 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6174 { | |
6175 /* | |
6176 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
6177 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
6178 */ | |
6179 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
6180 vim_free(saved_text); | |
6181 } | |
6182 else | |
6183 #endif | |
6184 { | |
6185 /* | |
6186 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
6187 * may have added or removed indent. | |
6188 */ | |
6189 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
6190 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
6191 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
6192 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
6193 } | |
6194 | |
6195 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
6196 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
6197 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
6198 #endif | |
6199 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
6200 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6201 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6202 did_si = FALSE; | |
6203 can_si = FALSE; | |
6204 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6205 #endif | |
6206 line_breakcheck(); | |
6207 } | |
6208 | |
6209 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
6210 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
6211 | |
6212 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
6213 { | |
6214 update_topline(); | |
6215 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
6216 } | |
6217 } | |
6218 | |
6219 /* | |
7 | 6220 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
6221 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
6222 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
6223 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
6224 * saved here. | |
6225 */ | |
6226 void | |
6227 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
6228 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
6229 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
6230 { | |
6231 pos_T pos; | |
6232 colnr_T len; | |
6233 char_u *old; | |
6234 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
6235 int wasatend; | |
301 | 6236 int cc; |
7 | 6237 |
6238 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
6239 return; | |
6240 | |
6241 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6242 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
6243 | |
6244 /* may remove added space */ | |
6245 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6246 | |
6247 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
6248 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
6249 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
6250 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
6251 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
1872 | 6252 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
7 | 6253 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
6254 { | |
6255 dec_cursor(); | |
301 | 6256 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6257 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
6258 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
7 | 6259 dec_cursor(); |
301 | 6260 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6261 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6262 { |
6263 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6264 return; | |
6265 } | |
6266 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6267 } | |
6268 | |
6269 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6270 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
6271 * comments. */ | |
6272 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
6273 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
6274 return; | |
6275 #endif | |
6276 | |
6277 /* | |
6278 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
6279 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
6280 * the start of a paragraph. | |
6281 */ | |
6282 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
6283 { | |
6284 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6285 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
6286 return; | |
6287 } | |
6288 | |
6289 /* | |
6290 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
6291 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
6292 */ | |
6293 saved_cursor = pos; | |
1563 | 6294 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
7 | 6295 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
6296 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
6297 | |
6298 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6299 { | |
6300 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
6301 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6302 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
6303 } | |
6304 else | |
6305 check_cursor_col(); | |
6306 | |
6307 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
6308 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
6309 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
6310 * formatted. */ | |
6311 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
6312 { | |
6313 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
835 | 6314 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
7 | 6315 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
6316 { | |
6317 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
6318 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
6319 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
6320 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
6321 /* remove the space later */ | |
6322 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
6323 } | |
6324 else | |
6325 /* may remove added space */ | |
6326 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6327 } | |
6328 | |
6329 check_cursor(); | |
6330 } | |
6331 | |
6332 /* | |
6333 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
6334 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
6335 * position. | |
6336 */ | |
6337 static void | |
6338 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
6339 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
6340 { | |
6341 int c = ' '; | |
301 | 6342 int cc; |
7 | 6343 |
6344 if (did_add_space) | |
6345 { | |
301 | 6346 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6347 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6348 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
6349 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6350 else | |
6351 { | |
6352 if (!end_insert) | |
6353 { | |
6354 inc_cursor(); | |
6355 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
6356 dec_cursor(); | |
6357 } | |
6358 if (c != NUL) | |
6359 { | |
6360 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
6361 del_char(FALSE); | |
6362 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6363 } | |
6364 } | |
6365 } | |
6366 } | |
6367 | |
6368 /* | |
6369 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
6370 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
6371 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
6372 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
6373 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
6374 */ | |
6375 int | |
6376 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
867 | 6377 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
7 | 6378 { |
6379 int textwidth; | |
6380 | |
6381 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
6382 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
6383 { | |
6384 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
6385 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
6386 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
6387 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
6388 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
6389 textwidth -= 1; | |
6390 #endif | |
6391 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6392 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
6393 #endif | |
6394 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
6395 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
6396 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 6397 || netbeans_active() |
7 | 6398 # endif |
6399 ) | |
6400 textwidth -= 1; | |
6401 #endif | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6402 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
7 | 6403 textwidth -= 8; |
6404 } | |
6405 if (textwidth < 0) | |
6406 textwidth = 0; | |
6407 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
6408 { | |
6409 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
6410 if (textwidth > 79) | |
6411 textwidth = 79; | |
6412 } | |
6413 return textwidth; | |
6414 } | |
6415 | |
6416 /* | |
6417 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
6418 */ | |
6419 static void | |
6420 redo_literal(c) | |
6421 int c; | |
6422 { | |
6423 char_u buf[10]; | |
6424 | |
6425 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
6426 * three digits. */ | |
6427 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
6428 { | |
1872 | 6429 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
7 | 6430 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
6431 } | |
6432 else | |
6433 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
6434 } | |
6435 | |
6436 /* | |
6437 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
484 | 6438 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
7 | 6439 */ |
6440 static void | |
6441 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
840 | 6442 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
7 | 6443 { |
6444 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
6445 { | |
6446 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
6447 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
6448 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
6449 } | |
744 | 6450 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6451 check_spell_redraw(); |
6452 #endif | |
7 | 6453 } |
6454 | |
744 | 6455 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6456 /* |
6457 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
6458 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
6459 */ | |
6460 static void | |
6461 check_spell_redraw() | |
6462 { | |
6463 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
6464 { | |
6465 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
6466 | |
6467 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
6468 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
6469 } | |
6470 } | |
484 | 6471 |
6472 /* | |
6473 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
6474 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
6475 */ | |
6476 static void | |
6477 spell_back_to_badword() | |
6478 { | |
6479 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6480 | |
499 | 6481 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
484 | 6482 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
6483 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
6484 } | |
221 | 6485 #endif |
6486 | |
7 | 6487 /* |
6488 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
6489 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
6490 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
6491 */ | |
6492 int | |
6493 stop_arrow() | |
6494 { | |
6495 if (arrow_used) | |
6496 { | |
6497 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6498 { | |
6499 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
6500 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6501 } | |
6502 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
1869 | 6503 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 6504 ai_col = 0; |
6505 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6506 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6507 { | |
6508 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6509 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
6510 } | |
6511 #endif | |
6512 ResetRedobuff(); | |
6513 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
613 | 6514 new_insert_skip = 2; |
7 | 6515 } |
6516 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
6517 { | |
6518 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6519 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6520 } | |
6521 | |
6522 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6523 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
6524 foldOpenCursor(); | |
6525 #endif | |
6526 | |
6527 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
6528 } | |
6529 | |
6530 /* | |
840 | 6531 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
6532 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
6533 * to another window/buffer. | |
7 | 6534 */ |
6535 static void | |
6536 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
840 | 6537 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
603 | 6538 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
7 | 6539 { |
603 | 6540 int cc; |
6541 char_u *ptr; | |
7 | 6542 |
6543 stop_redo_ins(); | |
6544 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
6545 | |
6546 /* | |
603 | 6547 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
6548 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
6549 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
7 | 6550 */ |
603 | 6551 ptr = get_inserted(); |
615 | 6552 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
6553 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
603 | 6554 { |
6555 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6556 last_insert = ptr; | |
6557 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
6558 } | |
6559 else | |
6560 vim_free(ptr); | |
7 | 6561 |
840 | 6562 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
7 | 6563 { |
6564 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
6565 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
6566 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
6567 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
10 | 6568 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
7 | 6569 { |
10 | 6570 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6571 | |
7 | 6572 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
6573 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
6574 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
6575 cc = 'x'; | |
6576 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
6577 { | |
6578 dec_cursor(); | |
6579 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6580 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
10 | 6581 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
7 | 6582 } |
6583 | |
6584 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
6585 | |
10 | 6586 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
6587 { | |
6588 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
6589 inc_cursor(); | |
6590 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6591 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
6592 * the "coladd". */ | |
6593 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
6594 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
6595 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
6596 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
6597 #endif | |
6598 } | |
7 | 6599 } |
6600 | |
6601 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
6602 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
6603 | |
6604 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
10 | 6605 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
1892 | 6606 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
6607 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
6608 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
10 | 6609 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
1892 | 6610 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
6611 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7 | 6612 { |
10 | 6613 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6614 | |
6615 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
1892 | 6616 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
786 | 6617 for (;;) |
6618 { | |
6619 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
6620 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6621 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6622 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
6623 break; | |
1892 | 6624 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
6625 break; /* should not happen */ | |
786 | 6626 } |
10 | 6627 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
6628 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
6629 else if (cc != NUL) | |
7 | 6630 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
6631 | |
6632 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6633 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
6634 * deleted characters. */ | |
6635 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6636 { | |
1872 | 6637 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
6638 | |
6639 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
7 | 6640 { |
1872 | 6641 VIsual.col = len; |
7 | 6642 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
6643 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
6644 # endif | |
6645 } | |
6646 } | |
6647 #endif | |
6648 } | |
6649 } | |
6650 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6651 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6652 did_si = FALSE; | |
6653 can_si = FALSE; | |
6654 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6655 #endif | |
6656 | |
840 | 6657 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
6658 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
6659 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
6660 { | |
6661 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
6662 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
6663 } | |
7 | 6664 } |
6665 | |
6666 /* | |
6667 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
6668 * Used for the replace command. | |
6669 */ | |
6670 void | |
6671 set_last_insert(c) | |
6672 int c; | |
6673 { | |
6674 char_u *s; | |
6675 | |
6676 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6677 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6678 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
6679 #else | |
6680 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
6681 #endif | |
6682 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
6683 { | |
6684 s = last_insert; | |
6685 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
6686 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
6687 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
6688 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
6689 *s++ = ESC; | |
6690 *s++ = NUL; | |
6691 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
6692 } | |
6693 } | |
6694 | |
359 | 6695 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
6696 void | |
6697 free_last_insert() | |
6698 { | |
6699 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6700 last_insert = NULL; | |
1446 | 6701 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
694 | 6702 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
6703 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
1446 | 6704 # endif |
359 | 6705 } |
6706 #endif | |
6707 | |
7 | 6708 /* |
6709 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
6710 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
6711 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
6712 */ | |
6713 char_u * | |
6714 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
6715 int c; | |
6716 char_u *s; | |
6717 { | |
6718 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6719 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
6720 int i; | |
6721 int len; | |
6722 | |
6723 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
6724 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
6725 { | |
6726 c = temp[i]; | |
6727 #endif | |
6728 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
6729 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
6730 { | |
6731 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
6732 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
6733 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
6734 } | |
6735 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6736 else if (c == CSI) | |
6737 { | |
6738 *s++ = CSI; | |
6739 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
6740 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
6741 } | |
6742 #endif | |
6743 else | |
6744 *s++ = c; | |
6745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6746 } | |
6747 #endif | |
6748 return s; | |
6749 } | |
6750 | |
6751 /* | |
6752 * move cursor to start of line | |
6753 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
6754 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
6755 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
6756 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
6757 */ | |
6758 void | |
6759 beginline(flags) | |
6760 int flags; | |
6761 { | |
6762 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
6763 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6764 else | |
6765 { | |
6766 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
6767 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6768 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6769 #endif | |
6770 | |
6771 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
6772 { | |
6773 char_u *ptr; | |
6774 | |
6775 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
6776 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
6777 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6778 } | |
6779 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6780 } | |
6781 } | |
6782 | |
6783 /* | |
6784 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
6785 * | |
6786 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
773 | 6787 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
7 | 6788 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
6789 */ | |
6790 | |
6791 int | |
6792 oneright() | |
6793 { | |
6794 char_u *ptr; | |
6795 int l; | |
6796 | |
6797 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6798 if (virtual_active()) | |
6799 { | |
6800 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6801 | |
6802 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
6803 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
6804 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
773 | 6805 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 6806 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
773 | 6807 # else |
7 | 6808 *ptr |
773 | 6809 # endif |
7 | 6810 )) |
6811 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
6812 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6813 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
6814 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
6815 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
6816 } | |
6817 #endif | |
6818 | |
6819 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
773 | 6820 if (*ptr == NUL) |
6821 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
6822 | |
7 | 6823 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
773 | 6824 if (has_mbyte) |
6825 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
7 | 6826 else |
6827 #endif | |
773 | 6828 l = 1; |
6829 | |
6830 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
6831 * contains "onemore". */ | |
6832 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
6833 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6834 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
6835 #endif | |
6836 ) | |
6837 return FAIL; | |
6838 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
7 | 6839 |
6840 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6841 return OK; | |
6842 } | |
6843 | |
6844 int | |
6845 oneleft() | |
6846 { | |
6847 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6848 if (virtual_active()) | |
6849 { | |
6850 int width; | |
6851 int v = getviscol(); | |
6852 | |
6853 if (v == 0) | |
6854 return FAIL; | |
6855 | |
6856 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
6857 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
6858 width = 1; | |
6859 for (;;) | |
6860 { | |
6861 coladvance(v - width); | |
6862 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
6863 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
6864 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
6865 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6866 && !has_mbyte | |
6867 # endif | |
6868 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
6869 break; | |
6870 ++width; | |
6871 } | |
6872 # else | |
6873 coladvance(v - 1); | |
6874 # endif | |
6875 | |
6876 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
6877 { | |
6878 char_u *ptr; | |
6879 | |
6880 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
6881 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
6882 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
6883 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6884 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
6885 # else | |
6886 *ptr | |
6887 # endif | |
6888 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
6889 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6890 } | |
6891 | |
6892 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6893 return OK; | |
6894 } | |
6895 #endif | |
6896 | |
6897 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6898 return FAIL; | |
6899 | |
6900 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6901 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6902 | |
6903 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6904 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
6905 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
6906 if (has_mbyte) | |
6907 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
6908 #endif | |
6909 return OK; | |
6910 } | |
6911 | |
6912 int | |
6913 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
6914 long n; | |
6915 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
6916 { | |
6917 linenr_T lnum; | |
6918 | |
6919 if (n > 0) | |
6920 { | |
6921 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
161 | 6922 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
6923 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
6924 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 6925 return FAIL; |
6926 if (n >= lnum) | |
6927 lnum = 1; | |
6928 else | |
6929 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6930 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
6931 { | |
6932 /* | |
6933 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
6934 */ | |
6935 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
6936 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
6937 | |
6938 while (n--) | |
6939 { | |
6940 /* move up one line */ | |
6941 --lnum; | |
6942 if (lnum <= 1) | |
6943 break; | |
6944 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
6945 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
6946 * in a moment. */ | |
6947 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
6948 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
6949 } | |
6950 if (lnum < 1) | |
6951 lnum = 1; | |
6952 } | |
6953 else | |
6954 #endif | |
6955 lnum -= n; | |
6956 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
6957 } | |
6958 | |
6959 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
6960 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6961 | |
6962 if (upd_topline) | |
6963 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
6964 | |
6965 return OK; | |
6966 } | |
6967 | |
6968 /* | |
6969 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
6970 */ | |
6971 int | |
6972 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
6973 long n; | |
6974 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
6975 { | |
6976 linenr_T lnum; | |
6977 | |
6978 if (n > 0) | |
6979 { | |
6980 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6981 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6982 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
6983 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
6984 #endif | |
161 | 6985 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
6986 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
6987 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
6988 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
6989 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 6990 return FAIL; |
6991 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6992 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6993 else | |
6994 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6995 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
6996 { | |
6997 linenr_T last; | |
6998 | |
6999 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
7000 while (n--) | |
7001 { | |
7002 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
7003 lnum = last + 1; | |
7004 else | |
7005 ++lnum; | |
7006 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7007 break; | |
7008 } | |
7009 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7010 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
7011 } | |
7012 else | |
7013 #endif | |
7014 lnum += n; | |
7015 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
7016 } | |
7017 | |
7018 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
7019 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
7020 | |
7021 if (upd_topline) | |
7022 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
7023 | |
7024 return OK; | |
7025 } | |
7026 | |
7027 /* | |
7028 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
7029 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
7030 * first have to remove the command. | |
7031 */ | |
7032 int | |
7033 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
7034 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
7035 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
7036 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
7037 { | |
7038 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
7039 char_u *ptr; | |
7040 char_u *last_ptr; | |
7041 char_u last = NUL; | |
7042 | |
7043 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
7044 if (ptr == NULL) | |
7045 { | |
7046 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
7047 return FAIL; | |
7048 } | |
7049 | |
7050 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
7051 if (c != NUL) | |
7052 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
7053 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
7054 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
7055 | |
7056 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
7057 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
7058 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
7059 */ | |
7060 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
7061 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
7062 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
7063 { | |
7064 last = *last_ptr; | |
7065 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
7066 } | |
7067 | |
7068 do | |
7069 { | |
7070 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
7071 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
7072 if (last) | |
7073 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
7074 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
7075 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
7076 } | |
7077 while (--count > 0); | |
7078 | |
7079 if (last) | |
7080 *last_ptr = last; | |
7081 | |
7082 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
7083 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
7084 | |
7085 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
7086 if (!no_esc) | |
7087 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
7088 | |
7089 return OK; | |
7090 } | |
7091 | |
7092 char_u * | |
7093 get_last_insert() | |
7094 { | |
7095 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
7096 return NULL; | |
7097 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
7098 } | |
7099 | |
7100 /* | |
7101 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
7102 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
7103 */ | |
7104 char_u * | |
7105 get_last_insert_save() | |
7106 { | |
7107 char_u *s; | |
7108 int len; | |
7109 | |
7110 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
7111 return NULL; | |
7112 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
7113 if (s != NULL) | |
7114 { | |
7115 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
7116 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
7117 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
7118 } | |
7119 return s; | |
7120 } | |
7121 | |
7122 /* | |
7123 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
7124 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
7125 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
7126 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
7127 */ | |
7128 static int | |
7129 echeck_abbr(c) | |
7130 int c; | |
7131 { | |
7132 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
7133 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
7134 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
7135 return FALSE; | |
7136 | |
7137 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
7138 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
7139 } | |
7140 | |
7141 /* | |
7142 * replace-stack functions | |
7143 * | |
7144 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
7145 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
7146 * | |
7147 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
7148 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
7149 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
7150 * | |
7151 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
7152 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
7153 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
7154 * | |
7155 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
7156 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
7157 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
7158 */ | |
7159 | |
298 | 7160 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
7161 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
7162 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
7 | 7163 |
7164 void | |
7165 replace_push(c) | |
7166 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
7167 { | |
7168 char_u *p; | |
7169 | |
7170 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
7171 return; | |
7172 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
7173 { | |
7174 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
7175 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
7176 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
7177 { | |
7178 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
7179 return; | |
7180 } | |
7181 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
7182 { | |
7183 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
7184 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7185 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7186 } | |
7187 replace_stack = p; | |
7188 } | |
7189 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
7190 if (replace_offset) | |
7191 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7192 *p = c; | |
7193 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
7194 } | |
7195 | |
1470 | 7196 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
7197 /* | |
7198 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
7199 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
7200 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
7201 */ | |
7202 int | |
7203 replace_push_mb(p) | |
7204 char_u *p; | |
7205 { | |
7206 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
7207 int j; | |
7208 | |
7209 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
7210 replace_push(p[j]); | |
7211 return l; | |
7212 } | |
7213 #endif | |
7214 | |
7 | 7215 /* |
7216 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
7217 * return -1 if stack empty | |
7218 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
7219 */ | |
7220 static int | |
7221 replace_pop() | |
7222 { | |
7223 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
7224 return -1; | |
7225 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
7226 } | |
7227 | |
7228 /* | |
7229 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
7230 * encountered. | |
7231 */ | |
7232 static void | |
7233 replace_join(off) | |
7234 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
7235 { | |
7236 int i; | |
7237 | |
7238 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
7239 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
7240 { | |
7241 --replace_stack_nr; | |
7242 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
7243 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
7244 return; | |
7245 } | |
7246 } | |
7247 | |
7248 /* | |
7249 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
7250 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
7251 */ | |
7252 static void | |
7253 replace_pop_ins() | |
7254 { | |
7255 int cc; | |
7256 int oldState = State; | |
7257 | |
7258 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
7259 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
7260 { | |
7261 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7262 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
7263 #else | |
7264 ins_char(cc); | |
7265 #endif | |
7266 dec_cursor(); | |
7267 } | |
7268 State = oldState; | |
7269 } | |
7270 | |
7271 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7272 /* | |
7273 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
7274 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
7275 */ | |
7276 static void | |
7277 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
7278 int cc; | |
7279 { | |
7280 int n; | |
7281 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
7282 int i; | |
7283 int c; | |
7284 | |
7285 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
7286 { | |
7287 buf[0] = cc; | |
7288 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7289 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7290 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7291 } | |
7292 else | |
7293 ins_char(cc); | |
7294 | |
7295 if (enc_utf8) | |
7296 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
7297 for (;;) | |
7298 { | |
7299 c = replace_pop(); | |
7300 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
7301 break; | |
7302 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
7303 { | |
7304 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
7305 replace_push(c); | |
7306 break; | |
7307 } | |
7308 else | |
7309 { | |
7310 buf[0] = c; | |
7311 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7312 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7313 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
7314 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7315 else | |
7316 { | |
7317 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
7318 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
7319 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
7320 break; | |
7321 } | |
7322 } | |
7323 } | |
7324 } | |
7325 #endif | |
7326 | |
7327 /* | |
7328 * make the replace stack empty | |
7329 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
7330 */ | |
7331 static void | |
7332 replace_flush() | |
7333 { | |
7334 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7335 replace_stack = NULL; | |
7336 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
7337 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
7338 } | |
7339 | |
7340 /* | |
7341 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
7342 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
7343 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
7344 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
7345 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
1782 | 7346 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
7347 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
7 | 7348 */ |
7349 static void | |
1782 | 7350 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
7351 int limit_col; | |
7 | 7352 { |
7353 int cc; | |
7354 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7355 int orig_len = 0; | |
7356 int ins_len; | |
7357 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
7358 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
7359 char_u *p; | |
7360 int i; | |
7361 int vcol; | |
7362 #endif | |
7363 | |
7364 cc = replace_pop(); | |
7365 if (cc > 0) | |
7366 { | |
7367 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7368 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7369 { | |
7370 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
7371 * going to delete. */ | |
7372 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
7373 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
7374 } | |
7375 #endif | |
7376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7377 if (has_mbyte) | |
7378 { | |
1782 | 7379 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7380 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
7381 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7382 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 7383 # endif |
7384 replace_push(cc); | |
7385 } | |
7386 else | |
7387 #endif | |
7388 { | |
7389 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
7390 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7391 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7392 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
7 | 7393 #endif |
7394 } | |
7395 replace_pop_ins(); | |
7396 | |
7397 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7398 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7399 { | |
7400 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
7401 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
835 | 7402 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
7 | 7403 vcol = start_vcol; |
7404 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
7405 { | |
7406 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
7407 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 7408 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
7 | 7409 #endif |
7410 } | |
7411 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
7412 | |
7413 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
7414 * text aligned. */ | |
7415 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
7416 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
7417 { | |
7418 del_char(FALSE); | |
7419 ++orig_vcols; | |
7420 } | |
7421 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
7422 } | |
7423 #endif | |
7424 | |
7425 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
7426 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
7427 } | |
7428 else if (cc == 0) | |
1782 | 7429 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7430 } |
7431 | |
7432 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7433 /* | |
7434 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
7435 */ | |
7436 static int | |
7437 cindent_on() | |
7438 { | |
7439 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
7440 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7441 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
7442 # endif | |
7443 )); | |
7444 } | |
7445 #endif | |
7446 | |
7447 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7448 /* | |
7449 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
7450 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
7451 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
7452 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
7453 */ | |
7454 | |
7455 void | |
7456 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
7457 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
7458 { | |
1516 | 7459 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 7460 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
7461 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
7462 } | |
7463 | |
7464 void | |
7465 fix_indent() | |
7466 { | |
7467 if (p_paste) | |
7468 return; | |
7469 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
7470 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
7471 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
7472 # endif | |
7473 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
7474 else | |
7475 # endif | |
7476 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7477 if (cindent_on()) | |
7478 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
7479 # endif | |
7480 } | |
7481 | |
7482 #endif | |
7483 | |
7484 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7485 /* | |
7486 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
7487 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
7488 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
7489 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
7490 * | |
7491 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
7492 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
7493 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
7494 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
7495 * | |
7496 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
7497 */ | |
7498 int | |
7499 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
7500 int keytyped; | |
7501 int when; | |
7502 int line_is_empty; | |
7503 { | |
7504 char_u *look; | |
7505 int try_match; | |
7506 int try_match_word; | |
7507 char_u *p; | |
7508 char_u *line; | |
7509 int icase; | |
7510 int i; | |
7511 | |
2025 | 7512 if (keytyped == NUL) |
7513 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
7514 return FALSE; | |
7515 | |
7 | 7516 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7517 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
7518 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
7519 else | |
7520 #endif | |
7521 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
7522 while (*look) | |
7523 { | |
7524 /* | |
7525 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
7526 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
7527 */ | |
7528 switch (when) | |
7529 { | |
7530 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
7531 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
7532 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
7533 } | |
7534 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
7535 ++look; | |
7536 | |
7537 /* | |
7538 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
7539 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
7540 */ | |
7541 if (*look == '0') | |
7542 { | |
7543 try_match_word = try_match; | |
7544 if (!line_is_empty) | |
7545 try_match = FALSE; | |
7546 ++look; | |
7547 } | |
7548 else | |
7549 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
7550 | |
7551 /* | |
7552 * does it look like a control character? | |
7553 */ | |
7554 if (*look == '^' | |
7555 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7556 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
7557 #else | |
7558 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
7559 #endif | |
7560 ) | |
7561 { | |
7562 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
7563 return TRUE; | |
7564 look += 2; | |
7565 } | |
7566 /* | |
7567 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
7568 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
7569 */ | |
7570 else if (*look == 'o') | |
7571 { | |
7572 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
7573 return TRUE; | |
7574 ++look; | |
7575 } | |
7576 else if (*look == 'O') | |
7577 { | |
7578 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
7579 return TRUE; | |
7580 ++look; | |
7581 } | |
7582 | |
7583 /* | |
7584 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
7585 * cursor. | |
7586 */ | |
7587 else if (*look == 'e') | |
7588 { | |
7589 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
7590 { | |
7591 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7592 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
7593 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
7594 return TRUE; | |
7595 } | |
7596 ++look; | |
7597 } | |
7598 | |
7599 /* | |
7600 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
7601 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
7602 * class::method for C++). | |
7603 */ | |
7604 else if (*look == ':') | |
7605 { | |
7606 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
7607 { | |
7608 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7609 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7610 || cin_islabel(30)) |
7 | 7611 return TRUE; |
1300 | 7612 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
7613 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7 | 7614 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
7615 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
7616 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
7617 { | |
7618 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7619 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
7 | 7620 || cin_islabel(30)); |
7621 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7622 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
7623 if (i) | |
7624 return TRUE; | |
7625 } | |
7626 } | |
7627 ++look; | |
7628 } | |
7629 | |
7630 | |
7631 /* | |
7632 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
7633 */ | |
7634 else if (*look == '<') | |
7635 { | |
7636 if (try_match) | |
7637 { | |
7638 /* | |
7639 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
7640 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
7641 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
7642 */ | |
7643 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
7644 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
7645 return TRUE; | |
7646 | |
7647 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
7648 return TRUE; | |
7649 } | |
7650 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
7651 look++; | |
7652 while (*look == '>') | |
7653 look++; | |
7654 } | |
7655 | |
7656 /* | |
7657 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
7658 */ | |
7659 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
7660 { | |
7661 ++look; | |
7662 if (*look == '~') | |
7663 { | |
7664 icase = TRUE; | |
7665 ++look; | |
7666 } | |
7667 else | |
7668 icase = FALSE; | |
7669 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
7670 if (p == NULL) | |
7671 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
7672 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
7673 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
7674 { | |
7675 int match = FALSE; | |
7676 | |
7677 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
7678 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
7679 { | |
7680 char_u *s; | |
7681 | |
7682 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
7683 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
7684 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7685 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7686 if (has_mbyte) | |
7687 { | |
7688 char_u *n; | |
7689 | |
7690 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
7691 { | |
7692 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
7693 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
7694 break; | |
7695 } | |
7696 } | |
7697 else | |
7698 # endif | |
7699 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
7700 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
7701 break; | |
7702 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
7703 && (icase | |
7704 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
7705 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
7706 match = TRUE; | |
7707 } | |
7708 else | |
7709 #endif | |
7710 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
7711 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
7712 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
7713 { | |
7714 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
7715 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
7716 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
7717 && (icase | |
7718 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
7719 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
7720 == 0) | |
7721 match = TRUE; | |
7722 } | |
7723 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
7724 { | |
7725 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
7726 * word. */ | |
7727 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7728 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
7729 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
7730 match = FALSE; | |
7731 } | |
7732 if (match) | |
7733 return TRUE; | |
7734 } | |
7735 look = p; | |
7736 } | |
7737 | |
7738 /* | |
7739 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
7740 */ | |
7741 else | |
7742 { | |
7743 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
7744 return TRUE; | |
7745 ++look; | |
7746 } | |
7747 | |
7748 /* | |
7749 * Skip over ", ". | |
7750 */ | |
7751 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
7752 } | |
7753 return FALSE; | |
7754 } | |
7755 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
7756 | |
7757 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7758 /* | |
7759 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
7760 */ | |
7761 int | |
7762 hkmap(c) | |
7763 int c; | |
7764 { | |
7765 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
7766 { | |
7767 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
7768 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
7769 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
7770 static char_u map[26] = | |
7771 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
7772 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
7773 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
7774 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
7775 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
7776 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
7777 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
7778 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
7779 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
7780 | |
7781 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
7782 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
7783 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
7784 else if (c == 'x') | |
7785 return 'X'; | |
7786 else if (c == 'q') | |
7787 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
7788 else if (c == 246) | |
7789 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
7790 else if (c == 228) | |
7791 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
7792 else if (c == 252) | |
7793 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
7794 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7795 else if (islower(c)) | |
7796 #else | |
7797 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
7798 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
7799 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
7800 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
7801 */ | |
7802 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
7803 #endif | |
7804 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
7805 else | |
7806 return c; | |
7807 } | |
7808 else | |
7809 { | |
7810 switch (c) | |
7811 { | |
7812 case '`': return ';'; | |
7813 case '/': return '.'; | |
7814 case '\'': return ','; | |
7815 case 'q': return '/'; | |
7816 case 'w': return '\''; | |
7817 | |
7818 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
7819 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
7820 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
7821 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
7822 default: { | |
7823 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
7824 | |
7825 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7826 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
7827 if (!islower(c)) | |
7828 #else | |
7829 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
7830 #endif | |
7831 return c; | |
7832 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
7833 break; | |
7834 } | |
7835 } | |
7836 | |
7837 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
7838 } | |
7839 } | |
7840 #endif | |
7841 | |
7842 static void | |
7843 ins_reg() | |
7844 { | |
7845 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
7846 int regname; | |
7847 int literally = 0; | |
844 | 7848 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
7849 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
7850 #endif | |
7 | 7851 |
7852 /* | |
7853 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
7854 */ | |
7855 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
7856 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
7857 { | |
7858 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 7859 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 7860 |
7861 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
7862 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7863 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
7864 #endif | |
7865 } | |
7866 | |
7867 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
7868 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
7869 #endif | |
7870 | |
7871 /* | |
7872 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
7873 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
7874 */ | |
7875 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 7876 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7877 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
7878 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
7879 { | |
7880 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
7881 literally = regname; | |
7882 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7883 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
7884 #endif | |
1389 | 7885 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7886 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
7887 } | |
7888 --no_mapping; | |
7889 | |
7890 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7891 /* | |
7892 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
7893 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
7894 */ | |
7895 ++no_u_sync; | |
7896 if (regname == '=') | |
7897 { | |
133 | 7898 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 7899 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
133 | 7900 # endif |
7 | 7901 regname = get_expr_register(); |
133 | 7902 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 7903 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
7904 if (im_on) | |
7905 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
133 | 7906 # endif |
7 | 7907 } |
140 | 7908 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
7909 { | |
7910 vim_beep(); | |
7 | 7911 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
140 | 7912 } |
7 | 7913 else |
7914 { | |
7915 #endif | |
7916 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
7917 { | |
7918 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
7919 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
7920 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
7921 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
7922 | |
7923 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
7924 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
7925 } | |
7926 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
7927 { | |
7928 vim_beep(); | |
7929 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
7930 } | |
133 | 7931 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
7932 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
7933 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
7934 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
7935 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
7936 | |
7 | 7937 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7938 } | |
7939 --no_u_sync; | |
7940 #endif | |
7941 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7942 clear_showcmd(); | |
7943 #endif | |
7944 | |
7945 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
7946 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
7947 edit_unputchar(); | |
844 | 7948 |
7949 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
7950 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
7951 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
7952 end_visual_mode(); | |
7953 #endif | |
7 | 7954 } |
7955 | |
7956 /* | |
7957 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
7958 */ | |
7959 static void | |
7960 ins_ctrl_g() | |
7961 { | |
7962 int c; | |
7963 | |
7964 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
7965 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
7966 setcursor(); | |
7967 #endif | |
7968 | |
7969 /* | |
7970 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
7971 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
7972 */ | |
7973 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 7974 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7975 --no_mapping; |
7976 switch (c) | |
7977 { | |
7978 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
7979 case K_UP: | |
7980 case Ctrl_K: | |
7981 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
7982 break; | |
7983 | |
7984 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
7985 case K_DOWN: | |
7986 case Ctrl_J: | |
7987 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
7988 break; | |
7989 | |
7990 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
825 | 7991 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
7 | 7992 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
626 | 7993 |
7994 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
1219 | 7995 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
626 | 7996 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 7997 break; |
7998 | |
7999 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
8000 default: vim_beep(); | |
8001 } | |
8002 } | |
8003 | |
8004 /* | |
449 | 8005 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
8006 */ | |
8007 static void | |
8008 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
8009 { | |
782 | 8010 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
449 | 8011 { |
8012 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
8013 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
8014 { | |
8015 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
8016 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
8017 } | |
8018 else | |
8019 { | |
8020 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
8021 State |= LANGMAP; | |
8022 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8023 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8024 #endif | |
8025 } | |
8026 } | |
8027 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8028 else | |
8029 { | |
8030 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
8031 if (im_get_status()) | |
8032 { | |
8033 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
8034 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8035 } | |
8036 else | |
8037 { | |
8038 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
8039 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
8040 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
8041 } | |
8042 } | |
8043 #endif | |
8044 set_iminsert_global(); | |
8045 showmode(); | |
8046 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8047 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
8048 if (gui.in_use) | |
8049 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
8050 #endif | |
8051 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
8052 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
8053 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
8054 #endif | |
8055 } | |
8056 | |
8057 /* | |
7 | 8058 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
8059 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
8060 * insert. | |
8061 */ | |
8062 static int | |
477 | 8063 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
7 | 8064 long *count; |
8065 int cmdchar; | |
477 | 8066 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
7 | 8067 { |
8068 int temp; | |
8069 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
8070 | |
744 | 8071 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
449 | 8072 check_spell_redraw(); |
8073 #endif | |
7 | 8074 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
8075 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
8076 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
8077 # endif | |
8078 if (composing_hangul) | |
8079 { | |
8080 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
8081 composing_hangul = 0; | |
8082 } | |
8083 #endif | |
8084 | |
8085 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8086 if (disabled_redraw) | |
8087 { | |
8088 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
8089 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
8090 } | |
8091 if (!arrow_used) | |
8092 { | |
8093 /* | |
8094 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
75 | 8095 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
8096 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
7 | 8097 */ |
8098 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
75 | 8099 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
7 | 8100 |
8101 /* | |
8102 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
8103 * interrupt now and then. | |
8104 */ | |
8105 if (*count > 0) | |
8106 { | |
8107 line_breakcheck(); | |
8108 if (got_int) | |
8109 *count = 0; | |
8110 } | |
8111 | |
8112 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
8113 { | |
164 | 8114 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
8115 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
8116 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
8117 | |
7 | 8118 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
8119 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
8120 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
8121 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
8122 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
8123 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
8124 } | |
8125 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
8126 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8127 } | |
8128 | |
8129 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
8130 * indent */ | |
8131 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
8132 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
8133 | |
8134 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
8135 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
8136 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8137 | |
8138 /* | |
8139 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
477 | 8140 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
7 | 8141 */ |
477 | 8142 if (!nomove |
8143 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
7 | 8144 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
8145 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
8146 #endif | |
477 | 8147 ) |
8148 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
8149 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
7 | 8150 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
477 | 8151 && !VIsual_active |
8152 #endif | |
8153 )) | |
7 | 8154 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8155 && !revins_on | |
8156 #endif | |
8157 ) | |
8158 { | |
8159 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8160 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
8161 { | |
8162 oneleft(); | |
8163 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
8164 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8165 } | |
8166 else | |
8167 #endif | |
8168 { | |
8169 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8171 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
8172 if (has_mbyte) | |
8173 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
8174 #endif | |
8175 } | |
8176 } | |
8177 | |
8178 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8179 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
8180 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
8181 * well). */ | |
8182 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
8183 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
8184 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8185 #endif | |
8186 | |
8187 State = NORMAL; | |
8188 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
8189 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
8190 | |
8191 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8192 setmouse(); | |
8193 #endif | |
8194 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8195 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8196 #endif | |
8197 | |
8198 /* | |
8199 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
8200 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
8201 */ | |
8202 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
8203 showmode(); | |
8204 else if (p_smd) | |
8205 MSG(""); | |
8206 | |
8207 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
8208 } | |
8209 | |
8210 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8211 /* | |
8212 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
8213 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
8214 */ | |
8215 static void | |
8216 ins_ctrl_() | |
8217 { | |
8218 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
8219 { | |
8220 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
8221 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8222 } | |
8223 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
8224 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
8225 if (revins_on) | |
8226 { | |
8227 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8228 revins_legal++; | |
8229 revins_chars = 0; | |
8230 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8231 } | |
8232 else | |
8233 revins_scol = -1; | |
8234 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8235 if (p_altkeymap) | |
8236 { | |
8237 /* | |
8238 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
8239 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
8240 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
8241 */ | |
8242 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
8243 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
8244 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
8245 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8246 State = INSERT; | |
8247 } | |
8248 else | |
8249 #endif | |
8250 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
8251 showmode(); | |
8252 } | |
8253 #endif | |
8254 | |
8255 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
8256 /* | |
8257 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
8258 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
8259 */ | |
8260 static int | |
8261 ins_start_select(c) | |
8262 int c; | |
8263 { | |
8264 if (km_startsel) | |
8265 switch (c) | |
8266 { | |
8267 case K_KHOME: | |
8268 case K_KEND: | |
8269 case K_PAGEUP: | |
8270 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
8271 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
8272 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
8273 # ifdef MACOS | |
8274 case K_LEFT: | |
8275 case K_RIGHT: | |
8276 case K_UP: | |
8277 case K_DOWN: | |
8278 case K_END: | |
8279 case K_HOME: | |
8280 # endif | |
8281 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
8282 break; | |
8283 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
8284 case K_S_LEFT: | |
8285 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
8286 case K_S_UP: | |
8287 case K_S_DOWN: | |
8288 case K_S_END: | |
8289 case K_S_HOME: | |
8290 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
8291 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
8292 start_selection(); | |
8293 | |
8294 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
8295 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
8296 if (mod_mask) | |
8297 { | |
8298 char_u buf[4]; | |
8299 | |
8300 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
8301 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
8302 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
8303 buf[3] = NUL; | |
8304 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
8305 } | |
8306 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
8307 return TRUE; | |
8308 } | |
8309 return FALSE; | |
8310 } | |
8311 #endif | |
8312 | |
8313 /* | |
449 | 8314 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
8315 */ | |
8316 static void | |
8317 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
8318 int replaceState; | |
8319 { | |
8320 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8321 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8322 { | |
8323 beep_flush(); | |
8324 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
8325 return; | |
8326 } | |
8327 #endif | |
8328 | |
8329 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
532 | 8330 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
449 | 8331 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
8332 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
667 | 8333 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
8334 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
8335 # endif | |
8336 "r"), 1); | |
532 | 8337 # endif |
449 | 8338 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
8339 #endif | |
8340 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8341 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8342 else | |
8343 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8344 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
8345 showmode(); | |
8346 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8347 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8348 #endif | |
8349 } | |
8350 | |
8351 /* | |
8352 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
8353 */ | |
8354 static void | |
8355 ins_ctrl_o() | |
8356 { | |
8357 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8358 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8359 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
8360 else | |
8361 #endif | |
8362 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8363 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
8364 else | |
8365 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
8366 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8367 if (virtual_active()) | |
8368 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
8369 else | |
8370 #endif | |
8371 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
8372 } | |
8373 | |
8374 /* | |
7 | 8375 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
8376 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
1796 | 8377 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
7 | 8378 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
8379 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
8380 */ | |
8381 static void | |
8382 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
8383 int c; | |
8384 int lastc; | |
8385 { | |
8386 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8387 return; | |
8388 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8389 | |
8390 /* | |
8391 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
8392 */ | |
1330 | 8393 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
8394 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
7 | 8395 { |
8396 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8397 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
8398 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
8399 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8400 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8401 if (lastc == '^') | |
8402 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
1516 | 8403 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8404 } |
8405 else | |
1516 | 8406 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8407 |
8408 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
8409 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8410 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8411 did_si = FALSE; | |
8412 can_si = FALSE; | |
8413 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8414 #endif | |
8415 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8416 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
8417 #endif | |
8418 } | |
8419 | |
8420 static void | |
8421 ins_del() | |
8422 { | |
8423 int temp; | |
8424 | |
8425 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8426 return; | |
8427 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
8428 { | |
8429 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8430 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8431 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
7 | 8432 vim_beep(); |
8433 else | |
8434 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
8435 } | |
8436 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
8437 vim_beep(); | |
8438 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8439 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8440 did_si = FALSE; | |
8441 can_si = FALSE; | |
8442 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8443 #endif | |
8444 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
8445 } | |
8446 | |
1460 | 8447 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
8448 | |
8449 /* | |
8450 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
8451 */ | |
8452 static void | |
8453 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
8454 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
8455 { | |
8456 dec_cursor(); | |
8457 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
8458 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8459 { | |
8460 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
8461 * Replace mode */ | |
8462 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8463 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
1782 | 8464 replace_do_bs(-1); |
1460 | 8465 } |
8466 else | |
8467 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8468 } | |
8469 | |
7 | 8470 /* |
8471 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
8472 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
8473 */ | |
8474 static int | |
8475 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
8476 int c; | |
8477 int mode; | |
8478 int *inserted_space_p; | |
8479 { | |
8480 linenr_T lnum; | |
8481 int cc; | |
8482 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1872 | 8483 colnr_T save_col; |
7 | 8484 colnr_T mincol; |
8485 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
8486 int in_indent; | |
8487 int oldState; | |
8488 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8489 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
7 | 8490 #endif |
8491 | |
8492 /* | |
8493 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
8494 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
8495 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
8496 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
8497 */ | |
8498 if ( bufempty() | |
8499 || ( | |
8500 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8501 !revins_on && | |
8502 #endif | |
8503 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8504 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
8505 && (arrow_used | |
8506 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8507 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
8508 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
8509 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
8510 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
8511 { | |
8512 vim_beep(); | |
8513 return FALSE; | |
8514 } | |
8515 | |
8516 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8517 return FALSE; | |
8518 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
8519 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8520 if (in_indent) | |
8521 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
8522 #endif | |
8523 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
8524 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
8525 #endif | |
8526 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8527 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
8528 inc_cursor(); | |
8529 #endif | |
8530 | |
8531 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8532 /* Virtualedit: | |
8533 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
8534 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
8535 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
8536 */ | |
8537 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
8538 { | |
8539 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8540 { | |
8541 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8542 return TRUE; | |
8543 } | |
8544 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
8545 { | |
8546 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8547 return TRUE; | |
8548 } | |
8549 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8550 } | |
8551 #endif | |
8552 | |
8553 /* | |
8554 * delete newline! | |
8555 */ | |
8556 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8557 { | |
8558 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
8559 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8560 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8561 || revins_on | |
8562 #endif | |
8563 ) | |
8564 { | |
8565 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
8566 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
8567 return FALSE; | |
8568 --Insstart.lnum; | |
8569 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
8570 } | |
8571 /* | |
8572 * In replace mode: | |
8573 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
8574 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
8575 */ | |
8576 cc = -1; | |
8577 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8578 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
8579 /* | |
8580 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
8581 * cursor. | |
8582 */ | |
8583 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
8584 { | |
8585 dec_cursor(); | |
8586 } | |
8587 else | |
8588 { | |
8589 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8590 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8591 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
8592 #endif | |
8593 { | |
8594 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
8595 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
278 | 8596 |
8597 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
8598 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
8599 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
8600 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
8601 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
8602 { | |
8603 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
8604 TRUE); | |
8605 int len; | |
8606 | |
835 | 8607 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
278 | 8608 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
8609 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
8610 } | |
8611 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8612 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 8613 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
8614 inc_cursor(); | |
8615 } | |
8616 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8617 else | |
8618 dec_cursor(); | |
8619 #endif | |
8620 | |
8621 /* | |
8622 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
8623 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
8624 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
8625 * characters that NL replaced. | |
8626 */ | |
8627 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8628 { | |
8629 /* | |
8630 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
8631 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
8632 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
8633 */ | |
8634 oldState = State; | |
8635 State = NORMAL; | |
8636 /* | |
8637 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
8638 */ | |
8639 while (cc > 0) | |
8640 { | |
1872 | 8641 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8642 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8643 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
8644 #else | |
8645 ins_char(cc); | |
8646 #endif | |
1872 | 8647 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8648 cc = replace_pop(); |
8649 } | |
8650 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
8651 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8652 State = oldState; | |
8653 } | |
8654 } | |
8655 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8656 } | |
8657 else | |
8658 { | |
8659 /* | |
8660 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
8661 */ | |
8662 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8663 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
8664 dec_cursor(); | |
8665 #endif | |
8666 mincol = 0; | |
8667 /* keep indent */ | |
1085 | 8668 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
8669 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
8670 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2004 | 8671 || cindent_on() |
1085 | 8672 #endif |
8673 ) | |
7 | 8674 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8675 && !revins_on | |
8676 #endif | |
8677 ) | |
8678 { | |
1872 | 8679 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8680 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
1988 | 8681 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
7 | 8682 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
1872 | 8683 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8684 } |
8685 | |
8686 /* | |
8687 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
8688 */ | |
8689 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
8690 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
648 | 8691 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
1497 | 8692 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
7 | 8693 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
8694 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
8695 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
8696 || arrow_used)))))) | |
8697 { | |
8698 int ts; | |
8699 colnr_T vcol; | |
8700 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
1460 | 8701 colnr_T start_vcol; |
7 | 8702 |
8703 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
648 | 8704 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
7 | 8705 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
8706 else | |
8707 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
8708 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
8709 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
8710 * the previous character. */ | |
8711 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
1460 | 8712 start_vcol = vcol; |
7 | 8713 dec_cursor(); |
8714 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
8715 inc_cursor(); | |
8716 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
8717 | |
8718 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
8719 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
8720 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
1460 | 8721 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
7 | 8722 |
8723 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
8724 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
8725 { | |
8726 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
8727 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8728 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8729 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8730 | |
8731 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8732 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8733 ins_char(' '); | |
8734 else | |
8735 #endif | |
8736 { | |
8737 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
1460 | 8738 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
8739 replace_push(NUL); | |
7 | 8740 } |
8741 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
8742 } | |
1460 | 8743 |
8744 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
8745 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
8746 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
8747 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
7 | 8748 } |
8749 | |
8750 /* | |
8751 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
8752 */ | |
8753 else do | |
8754 { | |
8755 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8756 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
8757 #endif | |
8758 dec_cursor(); | |
8759 | |
8760 /* start of word? */ | |
8761 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
8762 { | |
8763 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
8764 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
8765 } | |
8766 /* end of word? */ | |
8767 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
8768 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
8769 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
8770 { | |
8771 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8772 if (!revins_on) | |
8773 #endif | |
8774 inc_cursor(); | |
8775 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8776 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8777 dec_cursor(); | |
8778 #endif | |
8779 break; | |
8780 } | |
8781 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 8782 replace_do_bs(-1); |
7 | 8783 else |
8784 { | |
8785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8786 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
714 | 8787 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
7 | 8788 #endif |
8789 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8790 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8791 /* | |
714 | 8792 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
8793 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
7 | 8794 * character. |
8795 */ | |
714 | 8796 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
7 | 8797 inc_cursor(); |
8798 #endif | |
8799 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8800 if (revins_chars) | |
8801 { | |
8802 revins_chars--; | |
8803 revins_legal++; | |
8804 } | |
8805 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
8806 break; | |
8807 #endif | |
8808 } | |
8809 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
8810 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8811 break; | |
8812 } while ( | |
8813 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8814 revins_on || | |
8815 #endif | |
8816 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
8817 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8818 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
8819 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
8820 } | |
8821 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8822 did_si = FALSE; | |
8823 can_si = FALSE; | |
8824 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8825 #endif | |
8826 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
8827 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8828 /* | |
8829 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
8830 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
8831 * with. | |
8832 */ | |
8833 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8834 | |
8835 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
8836 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8837 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8838 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8839 | |
8840 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
8841 * was there remains visible | |
8842 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
8843 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
8844 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
8845 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
8846 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
8847 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) | |
8848 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
8849 | |
1514 | 8850 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
8851 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
8852 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
8853 * char before a Tab. */ | |
8854 if (did_backspace) | |
8855 foldOpenCursor(); | |
8856 #endif | |
8857 | |
7 | 8858 return did_backspace; |
8859 } | |
8860 | |
8861 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8862 static void | |
8863 ins_mouse(c) | |
8864 int c; | |
8865 { | |
8866 pos_T tpos; | |
840 | 8867 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
7 | 8868 |
8869 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8870 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
8871 if (!gui.in_use) | |
8872 # endif | |
8873 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
8874 return; | |
8875 | |
8876 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8877 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8878 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
8879 { | |
840 | 8880 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8881 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
8882 | |
8883 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
8884 { | |
8885 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
8886 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
8887 curwin = old_curwin; | |
8888 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8889 } | |
8890 #endif | |
8891 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
8892 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
8893 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
8894 { | |
8895 curwin = new_curwin; | |
8896 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8897 } | |
8898 #endif | |
7 | 8899 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
8900 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8901 # endif | |
8902 } | |
8903 | |
8904 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
8905 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
8906 redraw_statuslines(); | |
8907 #endif | |
8908 } | |
8909 | |
8910 static void | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8911 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8912 int dir; |
7 | 8913 { |
8914 pos_T tpos; | |
1434 | 8915 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
8916 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
8917 # endif | |
8918 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
8919 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
7 | 8920 # endif |
8921 | |
8922 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8923 | |
8924 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8925 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
8926 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
8927 { | |
8928 int row, col; | |
8929 | |
8930 row = mouse_row; | |
8931 col = mouse_col; | |
8932 | |
8933 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
8934 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
8935 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8936 } | |
8937 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
8938 # endif | |
8939 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8940 | |
1434 | 8941 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
8942 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
8943 if (!pum_visible() | |
8944 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8945 || curwin != old_curwin | |
8946 # endif | |
8947 ) | |
8948 # endif | |
8949 { | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8950 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8951 { |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8952 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8953 scroll_redraw(dir, |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8954 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8955 else |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8956 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8957 } |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8958 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1434 | 8959 else |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8960 { |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8961 int val, step = 6; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8962 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8963 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8964 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8965 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8966 if (val < 0) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8967 val = 0; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8968 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8969 } |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8970 #endif |
1434 | 8971 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
8972 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
8973 # endif | |
8974 } | |
7 | 8975 |
8976 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8977 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
8978 | |
8979 curwin = old_curwin; | |
8980 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8981 # endif | |
8982 | |
1434 | 8983 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
8984 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
8985 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
8986 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
8987 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
8988 { | |
8989 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
8990 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
8991 } | |
8992 # endif | |
8993 | |
7 | 8994 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
8995 { | |
8996 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8997 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8998 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8999 # endif | |
9000 } | |
9001 } | |
9002 #endif | |
9003 | |
692 | 9004 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 9005 static void |
692 | 9006 ins_tabline(c) |
9007 int c; | |
9008 { | |
9009 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
9010 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
9011 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
9012 { | |
9013 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9014 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9015 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9016 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9017 # endif | |
9018 } | |
9019 | |
9020 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
9021 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
9022 else | |
846 | 9023 { |
692 | 9024 handle_tabmenu(); |
846 | 9025 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
9026 } | |
692 | 9027 } |
9028 #endif | |
9029 | |
9030 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
7 | 9031 void |
9032 ins_scroll() | |
9033 { | |
9034 pos_T tpos; | |
9035 | |
9036 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9037 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9038 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
9039 { | |
9040 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9041 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9042 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9043 # endif | |
9044 } | |
9045 } | |
9046 | |
9047 void | |
9048 ins_horscroll() | |
9049 { | |
9050 pos_T tpos; | |
9051 | |
9052 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9053 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9054 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
7 | 9055 { |
9056 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9057 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9058 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9059 # endif | |
9060 } | |
9061 } | |
9062 #endif | |
9063 | |
9064 static void | |
9065 ins_left() | |
9066 { | |
9067 pos_T tpos; | |
9068 | |
9069 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9070 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9071 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9072 #endif | |
9073 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9074 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9075 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
9076 { | |
941 | 9077 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
9078 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
9079 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
9080 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
9081 #endif | |
9082 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
7 | 9083 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
9084 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
9085 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
9086 revins_legal++; | |
9087 revins_chars++; | |
9088 #endif | |
9089 } | |
9090 | |
9091 /* | |
9092 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
9093 * previous line | |
9094 */ | |
9095 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9096 { | |
9097 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9098 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
9099 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
9100 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
9101 } | |
9102 else | |
9103 vim_beep(); | |
9104 } | |
9105 | |
9106 static void | |
9107 ins_home(c) | |
9108 int c; | |
9109 { | |
9110 pos_T tpos; | |
9111 | |
9112 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9113 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9114 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9115 #endif | |
9116 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9117 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9118 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
9119 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
9120 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9121 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9122 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
9123 #endif | |
9124 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
9125 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9126 } | |
9127 | |
9128 static void | |
9129 ins_end(c) | |
9130 int c; | |
9131 { | |
9132 pos_T tpos; | |
9133 | |
9134 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9135 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9136 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9137 #endif | |
9138 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9139 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9140 if (c == K_C_END) | |
9141 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
9142 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
9143 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
9144 | |
9145 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9146 } | |
9147 | |
9148 static void | |
9149 ins_s_left() | |
9150 { | |
9151 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9152 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9153 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9154 #endif | |
9155 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9156 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9157 { | |
9158 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9159 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
9160 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9161 } | |
9162 else | |
9163 vim_beep(); | |
9164 } | |
9165 | |
9166 static void | |
9167 ins_right() | |
9168 { | |
9169 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9170 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9171 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9172 #endif | |
9173 undisplay_dollar(); | |
1877 | 9174 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
9175 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9176 || virtual_active() | |
9177 #endif | |
7 | 9178 ) |
9179 { | |
9180 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9181 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9182 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9183 if (virtual_active()) | |
9184 oneright(); | |
9185 else | |
9186 #endif | |
9187 { | |
9188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9189 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 9190 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 9191 else |
9192 #endif | |
9193 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9194 } | |
9195 | |
9196 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9197 revins_legal++; | |
9198 if (revins_chars) | |
9199 revins_chars--; | |
9200 #endif | |
9201 } | |
9202 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
9203 * cursor to the next line */ | |
9204 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
9205 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9206 { | |
9207 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9208 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9209 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
9210 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9211 } | |
9212 else | |
9213 vim_beep(); | |
9214 } | |
9215 | |
9216 static void | |
9217 ins_s_right() | |
9218 { | |
9219 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9220 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9221 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9222 #endif | |
9223 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9224 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
9225 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
9226 { | |
9227 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9228 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
9229 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9230 } | |
9231 else | |
9232 vim_beep(); | |
9233 } | |
9234 | |
9235 static void | |
9236 ins_up(startcol) | |
9237 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9238 { | |
9239 pos_T tpos; | |
9240 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9241 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9242 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9243 #endif | |
9244 | |
9245 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9246 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9247 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9248 { | |
9249 if (startcol) | |
9250 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9251 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9252 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9253 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9254 #endif | |
9255 ) | |
9256 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9257 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9258 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9259 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9260 #endif | |
9261 } | |
9262 else | |
9263 vim_beep(); | |
9264 } | |
9265 | |
9266 static void | |
9267 ins_pageup() | |
9268 { | |
9269 pos_T tpos; | |
9270 | |
9271 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9272 |
9273 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9274 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9275 { | |
9276 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
1013 | 9277 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9278 { | |
9279 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9280 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
9281 } | |
828 | 9282 return; |
9283 } | |
9284 #endif | |
9285 | |
7 | 9286 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9287 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9288 { | |
9289 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9290 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9291 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9292 #endif | |
9293 } | |
9294 else | |
9295 vim_beep(); | |
9296 } | |
9297 | |
9298 static void | |
9299 ins_down(startcol) | |
9300 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9301 { | |
9302 pos_T tpos; | |
9303 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9304 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9305 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9306 #endif | |
9307 | |
9308 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9309 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9310 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9311 { | |
9312 if (startcol) | |
9313 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9314 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9315 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9316 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9317 #endif | |
9318 ) | |
9319 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9320 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9321 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9322 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9323 #endif | |
9324 } | |
9325 else | |
9326 vim_beep(); | |
9327 } | |
9328 | |
9329 static void | |
9330 ins_pagedown() | |
9331 { | |
9332 pos_T tpos; | |
9333 | |
9334 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9335 |
9336 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9337 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9338 { | |
9339 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
1013 | 9340 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9341 { | |
9342 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9343 goto_tabpage(0); | |
9344 } | |
828 | 9345 return; |
9346 } | |
9347 #endif | |
9348 | |
7 | 9349 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9350 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9351 { | |
9352 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9353 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9354 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9355 #endif | |
9356 } | |
9357 else | |
9358 vim_beep(); | |
9359 } | |
9360 | |
9361 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
9362 static void | |
9363 ins_drop() | |
9364 { | |
9365 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
9366 } | |
9367 #endif | |
9368 | |
9369 /* | |
9370 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
9371 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
9372 */ | |
9373 static int | |
9374 ins_tab() | |
9375 { | |
9376 int ind; | |
9377 int i; | |
9378 int temp; | |
9379 | |
9380 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
9381 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
9382 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9383 return FALSE; | |
9384 | |
9385 ind = inindent(0); | |
9386 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9387 if (ind) | |
9388 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
9389 #endif | |
9390 | |
9391 /* | |
9392 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
9393 */ | |
9394 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
9395 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
9396 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
9397 return TRUE; | |
9398 | |
9399 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9400 return TRUE; | |
9401 | |
9402 did_ai = FALSE; | |
9403 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
9404 did_si = FALSE; | |
9405 can_si = FALSE; | |
9406 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
9407 #endif | |
9408 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
9409 | |
9410 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
9411 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
9412 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
9413 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
9414 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
9415 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
9416 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
9417 | |
9418 /* | |
9419 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
9420 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
9421 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
9422 */ | |
9423 ins_char(' '); | |
9424 while (--temp > 0) | |
9425 { | |
9426 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9427 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9428 ins_char(' '); | |
9429 else | |
9430 #endif | |
9431 { | |
9432 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
9433 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
9434 replace_push(NUL); | |
9435 } | |
9436 } | |
9437 | |
9438 /* | |
9439 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
9440 */ | |
9441 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
9442 { | |
9443 char_u *ptr; | |
9444 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9445 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
9446 pos_T pos; | |
9447 #endif | |
9448 pos_T fpos; | |
9449 pos_T *cursor; | |
9450 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
9451 int change_col = -1; | |
9452 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
9453 | |
9454 /* | |
9455 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
9456 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
9457 */ | |
9458 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9460 { | |
9461 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9462 cursor = &pos; | |
9463 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
9464 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
9465 return FALSE; | |
9466 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
9467 } | |
9468 else | |
9469 #endif | |
9470 { | |
9471 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
9472 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
9473 } | |
9474 | |
9475 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
9476 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
9477 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
9478 | |
9479 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
9480 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9481 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
9482 { | |
9483 --fpos.col; | |
9484 --ptr; | |
9485 } | |
9486 | |
9487 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
9488 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9489 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
9490 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9491 { | |
9492 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
9493 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
9494 } | |
9495 | |
9496 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
9497 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9498 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9499 | |
9500 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
9501 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
9502 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
9503 { | |
9504 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
9505 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
9506 break; | |
9507 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
9508 { | |
9509 *ptr = TAB; | |
9510 if (change_col < 0) | |
9511 { | |
9512 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
9513 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
9514 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9515 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
9516 } | |
9517 } | |
9518 ++fpos.col; | |
9519 ++ptr; | |
9520 vcol += i; | |
9521 } | |
9522 | |
9523 if (change_col >= 0) | |
9524 { | |
9525 int repl_off = 0; | |
9526 | |
9527 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
9528 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
9529 { | |
9530 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
9531 ++ptr; | |
9532 ++repl_off; | |
9533 } | |
9534 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
9535 { | |
9536 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
9537 --ptr; | |
9538 --repl_off; | |
9539 } | |
9540 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
9541 | |
9542 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
9543 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
9544 if (i > 0) | |
9545 { | |
1622 | 9546 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
7 | 9547 /* correct replace stack. */ |
9548 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9549 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9550 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9551 #endif | |
9552 ) | |
9553 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
9554 replace_join(repl_off); | |
9555 } | |
33 | 9556 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
2210 | 9557 if (netbeans_active()) |
33 | 9558 { |
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9559 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
33 | 9560 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
9561 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
9562 } | |
9563 #endif | |
7 | 9564 cursor->col -= i; |
9565 | |
9566 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9567 /* | |
9568 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
9569 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
9570 * spacing. | |
9571 */ | |
9572 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9573 { | |
9574 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
9575 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
9576 | |
9577 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
9578 * ptr-cursor */ | |
9579 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
9580 cursor->col - change_col); | |
9581 } | |
9582 #endif | |
9583 } | |
9584 | |
9585 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9586 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9587 vim_free(saved_line); | |
9588 #endif | |
9589 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
9590 } | |
9591 | |
9592 return FALSE; | |
9593 } | |
9594 | |
9595 /* | |
9596 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
9597 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
9598 */ | |
9599 static int | |
9600 ins_eol(c) | |
9601 int c; | |
9602 { | |
9603 int i; | |
9604 | |
9605 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9606 return FALSE; | |
9607 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9608 return TRUE; | |
9609 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9610 | |
9611 /* | |
9612 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
9613 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
9614 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
9615 */ | |
9616 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9617 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9618 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9619 #endif | |
9620 ) | |
9621 replace_push(NUL); | |
9622 | |
9623 /* | |
9624 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
9625 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
9626 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
9627 * in open_line(). | |
9628 */ | |
9629 | |
844 | 9630 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
9631 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
9632 * CTRL-O). */ | |
9633 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
9634 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
9635 #endif | |
9636 | |
7 | 9637 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
9638 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
9639 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
9640 fkmap(NL); | |
9641 # endif | |
9642 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
9643 * current line. */ | |
9644 if (revins_on) | |
9645 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
9646 #endif | |
9647 | |
9648 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
9649 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
9650 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
9651 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
9652 #endif | |
9653 0, old_indent); | |
9654 old_indent = 0; | |
9655 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9656 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9657 #endif | |
1032 | 9658 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
9659 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
9660 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9661 #endif | |
7 | 9662 |
9663 return (!i); | |
9664 } | |
9665 | |
9666 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
9667 /* | |
9668 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
9669 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
9670 * done. | |
9671 */ | |
9672 static int | |
9673 ins_digraph() | |
9674 { | |
9675 int c; | |
9676 int cc; | |
2811 | 9677 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
7 | 9678 |
9679 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
9680 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
9681 { | |
9682 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9683 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9684 |
9685 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
2811 | 9686 did_putchar = TRUE; |
7 | 9687 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
9688 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
9689 #endif | |
9690 } | |
9691 | |
9692 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
9693 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
9694 #endif | |
9695 | |
9696 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
9697 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
9698 ++no_mapping; | |
9699 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9700 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9701 --no_mapping; |
9702 --allow_keys; | |
2811 | 9703 if (did_putchar) |
9704 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
9705 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
9706 edit_unputchar(); | |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9707 |
7 | 9708 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
9709 { | |
9710 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9711 clear_showcmd(); | |
9712 #endif | |
9713 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9714 return NUL; | |
9715 } | |
9716 if (c != ESC) | |
9717 { | |
2811 | 9718 did_putchar = FALSE; |
7 | 9719 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
9720 { | |
9721 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9722 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9723 |
9724 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
9725 { | |
661 | 9726 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9727 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
2811 | 9728 did_putchar = TRUE; |
7 | 9729 } |
9730 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9731 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
9732 #endif | |
9733 } | |
9734 ++no_mapping; | |
9735 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9736 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9737 --no_mapping; |
9738 --allow_keys; | |
2811 | 9739 if (did_putchar) |
9740 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
9741 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
9742 edit_unputchar(); | |
7 | 9743 if (cc != ESC) |
9744 { | |
9745 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
9746 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
9747 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9748 clear_showcmd(); | |
9749 #endif | |
9750 return c; | |
9751 } | |
9752 } | |
9753 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9754 clear_showcmd(); | |
9755 #endif | |
9756 return NUL; | |
9757 } | |
9758 #endif | |
9759 | |
9760 /* | |
9761 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
9762 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
9763 */ | |
9764 static int | |
9765 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
9766 linenr_T lnum; | |
9767 { | |
9768 int c; | |
9769 int temp; | |
9770 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
9771 | |
9772 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9773 { | |
9774 vim_beep(); | |
9775 return NUL; | |
9776 } | |
9777 | |
9778 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
9779 temp = 0; | |
9780 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
9781 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
9782 validate_virtcol(); | |
9783 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
9784 { | |
9785 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
9786 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
9787 } | |
9788 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
9789 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
9790 | |
9791 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9792 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
9793 #else | |
9794 c = *ptr; | |
9795 #endif | |
9796 if (c == NUL) | |
9797 vim_beep(); | |
9798 return c; | |
9799 } | |
9800 | |
449 | 9801 /* |
9802 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
9803 */ | |
9804 static int | |
9805 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
9806 int tc; | |
9807 { | |
9808 int c = tc; | |
9809 | |
9810 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
9811 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
9812 { | |
9813 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
9814 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
9815 else | |
9816 scrollup_clamp(); | |
9817 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9818 } | |
9819 else | |
9820 #endif | |
9821 { | |
9822 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
9823 if (c != NUL) | |
9824 { | |
9825 long tw_save; | |
9826 | |
9827 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
9828 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
9829 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
9830 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
9831 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
9832 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
9833 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
9834 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
9835 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9836 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
9837 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9838 revins_chars++; | |
9839 revins_legal++; | |
9840 #endif | |
9841 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
9842 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
9843 } | |
9844 } | |
9845 return c; | |
9846 } | |
9847 | |
7 | 9848 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
9849 /* | |
9850 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
9851 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
9852 */ | |
9853 static void | |
9854 ins_try_si(c) | |
9855 int c; | |
9856 { | |
9857 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
9858 char_u *ptr; | |
9859 int i; | |
9860 int temp; | |
9861 | |
9862 /* | |
9863 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
9864 */ | |
9865 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
9866 { | |
9867 /* | |
9868 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
9869 */ | |
9870 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
9871 { | |
9872 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9873 /* | |
9874 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
9875 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
9876 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
9877 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
9878 * lines -- webb | |
9879 */ | |
9880 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
9881 i = pos->col; | |
9882 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
9883 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
9884 ; | |
9885 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
9886 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
9887 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
9888 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
9889 i = get_indent(); | |
9890 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
9891 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9892 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 9893 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
7 | 9894 else |
9895 #endif | |
9896 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
9897 } | |
9898 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9899 { | |
9900 /* | |
9901 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
9902 * more than indent of previous line | |
9903 */ | |
9904 temp = TRUE; | |
9905 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9906 { | |
9907 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9908 i = get_indent(); | |
9909 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9910 { | |
9911 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
9912 | |
9913 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
9914 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
9915 break; | |
9916 } | |
9917 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
9918 temp = FALSE; | |
9919 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
9920 } | |
9921 if (temp) | |
1516 | 9922 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
7 | 9923 } |
9924 } | |
9925 | |
9926 /* | |
9927 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
9928 */ | |
9929 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
9930 { | |
9931 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
9932 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
9933 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
9934 } | |
9935 | |
9936 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
9937 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
9938 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9939 } | |
9940 #endif | |
9941 | |
9942 /* | |
9943 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
9944 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
9945 */ | |
9946 static colnr_T | |
9947 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
9948 { | |
9949 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
9950 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9951 validate_virtcol(); | |
9952 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
9953 } |